Monthly Archives: April 2023

Best 2023 laptop: Best laptop 2023: 15 best laptops to buy in 2023

Опубликовано: April 30, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

Microsoft Surface Laptop 5 (13.5-inch) review

Reviews

Microsoft made a few updates to the Surface Laptop, and I’m very sad about one of them

By Monica Chin, a senior reviewer covering laptops and other gadgets. Monica was a writer for Tom’s Guide and Business Insider before joining The Verge in 2020.

Photography by Amelia Holowaty Krales

Oct 25, 2022, 1:00 PM UTC|

Share this story

If you buy something from a Verge link, Vox Media may earn a commission. See our ethics statement.

Yes, the bezels are still big.

I’m a big fan of Microsoft’s laptop hardware and have been devotedly buying its Surface devices as my personal computers for a number of years now. Very few companies make hardware as uniquely beautiful as the Redmond tech giant does. So I was a bit happier than some of my fellow tech critics were to hear that Microsoft didn’t mess too much with the design of the Surface Laptop.

The Laptop 5, releasing today, looks almost identical to last year’s Laptop 4. The main difference is the processor on the inside and the processor options. Previous versions of the Surface Laptop have offered a choice between Intel and AMD SKUs; Intel offered more raw power, while AMD was more efficient, so consumers could shop to their preference. Not so this year. The Laptop 5 is Intel-only.

Microsoft has not provided a reason for this. When asked, an executive told Verge editor Tom Warren, “We focused on shipping Intel 12th Gen.” So here I am, reviewing a 13.5-inch Intel-powered laptop that puts a somewhat unremarkable chip in a still-remarkable chassis.

8Verge Score

Microsoft Surface Laptop 5 13.5-inch

$999.99

The Good

Strong single-core performance
Super thin and light chassis
3:2 display
Thunderbolt support

The Bad

Camera still 720p
Would like some more ports
Battery life a step back from last year’s AMD model

$1000 at Microsoft$1700 at Best Buy$1300 at B&H

How we rate and review products

HOW WE RATE AND REVIEW PRODUCTS

This thing is so thin, man.

Here’s what you need to know about the Surface Laptop 5.

There are two screen sizes. As in past years, Microsoft is selling a 13.5-inch 2256 x 1504 model and a 15-inch 2496 x 1664 model. Screen size is the main difference; processors and other internal components are mostly the same. Both panels support Dolby Vision IQ (which is supposed to help optimize HDR content). The 13-inch display is quite sharp and more than bright enough for home use. I did catch some glare when there was direct light on the glossy display, but it wasn’t stark enough to be a problem.
It’s a pretty machine. The familiar Windows logo adorns the lid, and the finish is professional. It’s quite light at 2.86 pounds, and holding it feels very much like holding a MacBook Air.
The bezels are big. I wouldn’t say that this interferes hugely with the user experience, but I will concede that, as with last year’s model, they are… blocky. Shrinking the bezels seemed like a no-brainer tweak to refresh the design in a modern way and bring the laptop closer to premium competitors.
There’s a green one. The sage model, limited to the 13.5-inch size, is new this year, and it’s supposed to be green. I was sent the sage option to review, and I will say that calling it green is a… stretch. It looks gray to me. But, you know, epistemic humility and all that.
Finally, Thunderbolt. One of the Laptop 4’s pain points was the lack of Thunderbolt, even on Intel models. The Laptop 5 finally brings that standard to the sole USB-C port it has, along with a USB-A and a headphone jack on the left side. That, for the record, is not very many ports. I wish there were more — at least an SD slot.
The keyboard is still a bit flat. Surface keys have a very identifiable snap. That’s one of my favorite things about the Surface Book keyboard, which remains one of my favorite keyboards on the market to this day. But I could feel my fingers thunking on the Laptop 5 in a way they don’t on the Surface Book, and I wish there were more travel here.

The trusted Windows logo remains.

I could feel my fingers thunking on the Laptop 5

One other note I have about the chassis is that there’s something going on with the little pads on the bottom of the deck. Specifically, they have no grip at all, and this model was sliding around my desk to no end. This won’t be a problem for everyone. I just feel the need to mention it here because it drove me, personally, up the wall. Thank you for listening. We’ll get through this together.

See, I just don’t know about calling this “green.”

Here’s another angle. Look green to you?

The Surface Laptop model I have retails for $1,699. It’s the most expensive model, including a Core i7-1255U (on paper, efficient and tailored to thin-and-lights) as well as 16GB of RAM and 512GB of storage. I used it largely for Google Docs work and research as well as some Spotify, TV watching, and messing around in Photoshop. For that sort of workload, the 1255U is going to be totally fine. It got through everything without any noticeable heat in the keyboard and chassis.

Surface Laptop 5 (13.5-inch) benchmarks

Cinebench R23 Multi	7691
Cinebench R23 Single	1674
Cinebench R23 Multi looped for 30 minutes	7061
Geekbench 5 CPU Multi	8975
Geekbench 5 CPU Single	1643
Geekbench 5 OpenCL / Compute	17801
PugetBench for Premiere Pro	331
Premiere Pro 4K export test	9:45

Temperatures hovered in the mid-80s (degrees Celsius) at their highest with a handful of jumps as high as 100

To simulate heavier workloads, I ran both CPU and GPU benchmarks. Across the board, compared to the AMD-powered Surface Laptop 4 I reviewed last year, this Intel model is better on single-core tasks, better on graphic tests, and worse on some multi-core tasks. This is unsurprising — single-core is Intel’s strength. But it is somewhat remarkable that an AMD model from last year (powered by an AMD chip that was already, at that time, a generation old) continues to outmuscle Intel’s current line in any tests at all. Cooling was also fine during this process, with temperatures hovering in the mid-80s (degrees Celsius) at their highest with a handful of jumps as high as 100.

The ports are all squeezed onto the left side, with the Surface connector on the right.

Battery life averaged seven hours and 51 minutes of continuous use with brightness at medium. Compared to what I’ve been seeing from other Intel thin-and-lights this year, I will take that result. I saw three hours longer from the AMD Surface Laptop 4, however, even though the two units have a battery that’s nearly the same size.

Agree to Continue: Microsoft Surface Laptop 5 (13.5-inch)

The mandatory policies for which agreement is required to use the laptop are:

Microsoft Software License terms (Windows Operating System) and Manufacturer’s Limited Hardware Warranty and Agreement

In addition, there are a bunch of optional things to agree to, including:

Privacy settings including location, Find My Device, diagnostic data, inking and typing, tailored experiences, advertising ID
Sign up for a Microsoft 365 free trial
Sign up for an Xbox Game Pass Ultimate free trial

That’s two mandatory agreements and eight optional ones.

Ultimately, the Laptop 5 continues to be a well-built and well-performing laptop that, while expensive, is not so high in the retail clouds that any substantial flaw is a nonstarter. (Cough, ThinkPads.) It is a good computer that I enjoy using. It has more than enough power for general use, while those who need heavier graphic chops may prefer the much heavier Surface Laptop Studio, which is available with discrete GPUs.

But the battery life is not as good as last year’s AMD models were providing. It is legitimate to trade off some efficiency in exchange for additional power. It’s a tradeoff I’m sure some shoppers are happy to make. But it wasn’t one Microsoft needed to ask of them. Microsoft could’ve had it both ways.

Microsoft Surface Laptop 5 accessibility (as reviewed)

The letter keys are 0.6 x 0.6 inches with 0.1 inches between them. All keys are backlit. Fn and Caps Lock have indicator lights. The power button is 0.6 x 0.1 inches. The volume keys are 0. 6 x 0.4 inches. The keys are grayish-green with white text and take a small amount of force to depress.
The speakers reached an average of 80 decibels in my testing, which is on par with a standard external speaker.
The lid can be opened with one hand.
There is a touchscreen with a 1300:1 contrast ratio.
The touchpad is 4.5 x 3 inches.
Setup involves turning the device on and clicking through several menus.
The Laptop 5 supports facial logins but not fingerprint logins.

Windows 11

Windows 11 includes a dedicated accessibility menu.
Windows 11 includes a built-in screen reader (Narrator). It supports third-party screen readers, including NVDA from NV Access and Jaws from Freedom Scientific. A full list of compatible software can be found on Microsoft’s website.
Windows 11 supports voice typing (accessed by Windows + H) and speech recognition (toggled with Windows + Ctrl + S).
Color Filters, including inverted, grayscale, red-green, and blue-yellow can be toggled with Windows + Ctrl + C. Contrast themes are toggled with Alt + Left Shift + Print Screen. Standard Dark Mode and custom colors are also available under Personalization.
Caption color and size can be customized and appear close to the bottom of the screen.
The keyboard can be remapped with Microsoft’s PowerToys. Sticky Keys is supported. An on-screen keyboard is available.
The cursor’s size and speed can be adjusted, and gestures can be remapped in Touchpad Settings.
Windows 11 supports eye control with external eye trackers.
Windows 11 includes a Snap Layout feature, accessed by hovering over the Maximize button on any open window.

HP Spectre x360 14 review: the best Windows 2-in-1

I have used a heck of a lot of laptops in the past year, and some of them are quite nice. MacBooks have nailed the “premium” look and feel for years, and I’ll never waste an opportunity to gush about the build quality of Dell’s XPS line.

But I’ve never touched a consumer laptop as gorgeous as the Spectre x360 14. The new Spectre’s sturdy black body, lustrous accents, and boldly sharp edges would make it a standout among convertible laptops across the board, even if it didn’t have a slew of other excellent qualities — which, from its 3:2 screen and packaged stylus to its stellar performance and battery life, it absolutely does.

With a starting MSRP of $1,299.99 ($1,589.99 as tested) the Spectre x360 is easily my new favorite 2-in-1 laptop. Today’s market is full of capable convertibles that look good, work well, and do certain things really well. But while the Spectre x360 14 isn’t a perfect laptop, it tops the pack in almost every area. It’s a stylish chassis, premium panel options, stylus support, a powerful processor, and fantastic battery in one. It’s proof that you can have it all — for a price.

9Verge Score

HP Spectre x360 14

$1159.06

The Good

Beautiful design
Great battery life
3:2 display with OLED and 1,000-nit options

The Bad

It’s not cheap
Touchpad is a bit stiff
Comes with some bloatware

$1160 at HP

How we rate and review products

The HP Spectre line is second to none when it comes to design, and this latest model is no exception. Like its 13-inch predecessor, the Spectre x360 14 is made of CNC-machined aluminum. Also like its siblings, you can get the 14 in “nightfall black,” “Poseidon blue,” or “natural silver.” Take a look at some pictures before selecting your color because they each have pretty different vibes. The nightfall black option has a sophisticated, svelte aesthetic that looks tailor-made for a boardroom. Poseidon blue is friendlier and probably the one I’d go for myself.

The accents, though, are what make the Spectre stand out from the legions of other black laptops out there. Lustrous trim borders the lid, the touchpad, and the deck. The hinges share its color, as does the HP logo on its lid. It’s bold without being obnoxious. The two rear corners are diamond-shaped, and one of them houses a Thunderbolt 4 port on its flat edge. (On the sides live an audio jack, a USB-A, a microSD slot, and an additional Thunderbolt 4, which is a decent selection — gone is the trapdoor that covered the USB-A port on the 13-inch model.) And the edges are all beveled, making the notebook appear thinner than it actually is (it’s 0.67 inches thick). Careful craftsmanship is evident here — I’m not exaggerating when I say this Spectre feels like artwork.

Take it in.

And, as the “x360” moniker implies, the Spectre is a 2-in-1. At 2.95 pounds, it’s a bit heavy to use as a tablet for long periods, but it’s smooth and easy to fold and the hinges are quite sturdy. Unlike with many convertibles, there’s barely any wobble when you use the touchscreen. The display is also stylus-compatible; the Spectre ships with HP’s MPP2. 0 pen, which attaches magnetically to the side of the chassis.

Despite its design similarities, this Spectre looks noticeably different from its ancestors, and that’s because of the screen. The new model has a 3:2 display, which is 13 percent taller than the 16:9 panel on last year’s device. (It’s kept the same 90 percent screen-to-body ratio.)

There’s barely any wobble when you use the touchscreen

Microsoft’s Surface devices have been using the 3:2 aspect ratio for years, and I’m glad that the Spectre line is finally making the switch. If you’re used to using a 16:9 display (which many modern Windows laptops have) and you give a 3:2 a shot, you’ll see what I mean. You have significantly more vertical space, which means less scrolling up and down and less zooming out to fit everything you want to see. It makes multitasking significantly easier without adding much size to the chassis.

This 3:2 panel can come in a few different forms. My test unit has an FHD option that HP says should reach 400 nits of brightness. I measured it multiple times, but it only reached 285 in my testing — which is dimmer than I’d hope to see from a device at this price point. I’ve reached out to HP to see what’s up and will update this review if it turns out to be a bug. (Of course, 285 nits is still more than enough for indoor office work.)

The OLED panel is certified for “low blue light.”

In addition to the FHD display, you can opt for a 3000 x 2000 OLED panel (HP didn’t provide a brightness estimate for this one; LaptopMag measured it at 339 nits) or a 1,000-nit option with HP’s Sure View Reflect technology, which makes the screen difficult to read from the sides. This will mostly be a benefit for business users.

In terms of other specs, the base model pairs the 400-nit screen with a Core i5-1135G7, 8GB of memory, and 256GB of storage (plus 16GB of Intel Optane). Then, there are a few upgrades you can go for. My test unit, priced at $1,589.99, keeps the base model’s screen but has a heftier processor (the quad-core Core i7-1165G7) and double its RAM and storage. I think this model is a good option for most people — it gets you a top processor and a good amount of storage without too stratospheric of a price tag. If you want to get fancier, you can get the OLED screen and 1TB of storage (plus 32GB of Intel Optane) for $1,699, or the Sure View screen and 2TB of storage for $1,959.99.

Of course, laptops aren’t just for looking at, but you’re not compromising on performance to get this build quality. The Spectre is verified through Intel’s Evo platform, which means that it offers a number of Intel-selected benefits including Thunderbolt 4, Wi-Fi 6, all-day battery life, quick boot time, fast charging, and reliable performance. In my testing, it more than surpassed those standards.

There’s a single USB 3.2 Type-A port on the left.

On the right: two USB-C Thunderbolt 4 ports, one audio jack, one microSD card slot.

The system handled my heavy workload of Chrome tabs, downloads, and streams speedily with no issues. Battery life was excellent; I averaged 10 hours of continuous use with the screen around 200 nits of brightness. That means if your daily tasks are similar to mine, the Spectre should make it through your workday with no problem. (You’ll likely get less if you opt for the OLED panel.) The processor also includes Intel’s Iris Xe integrated graphics. While you wouldn’t want to use those for serious gaming, they’re capable of running lighter fare.

Elsewhere, I have almost no complaints. The backlit keyboard is snappy with a solid click — it’s easily one of my favorites. The speakers sound good, with very audible bass and percussion. There’s a fingerprint sensor to the left of the arrow keys and a Windows Hello camera, neither of which gave me any trouble.

I have almost no complaints

Apart from the dimness, there are only two things about this laptop that I’m not in love with. They’re both minor; the fact that I’m even mentioning either of them in this review is a testament to how excellent this device is.

The first is the touchpad. It’s quite smooth and roomy (16.6 percent larger than that of last year’s Spectre x360 13) and handles scrolling and gestures just fine. But it’s noticeably stiffer than some of the best touchpads on the market. The press required to physically click is firm enough that I ended up doing it with my thumb most of the time. On the likes of the Dell XPS 13 and the MacBook, clicking with a finger is much less of a chore. When I first clicked with the integrated buttons, I also had to overcome some initial resistance to hit the actuation point (put plainly, every click felt like two clicks). This issue resolved itself during my second day of testing, but it’s still a hiccup I generally only see with cheaper items.

My complaints are minor — this is almost perfect.

Secondly, bloatware. There are a number of junk programs preloaded onto the Spectre and several pinned to the taskbar. Dropbox, ExpressVPN, McAfee, and Netflix are all on here, and I got all kinds of notifications from them. This is an oddity at this price point, and seeing cheap McAfee alerts popping up on the Spectre is like seeing really ugly bumper stickers on a Ferrari. This software doesn’t take too long to uninstall, but I’m disappointed to see it nonetheless.

But those are really the only two complaints I have, and neither of them should stop you from buying this laptop. It’s beautiful to look at and a dream to use. I found myself using it in my free time instead of my personal device (which almost never happens with review units — I really like my products).

Agree to Continue: HP Spectre x360 14

Every smart device now requires you to agree to a series of terms and conditions before you can use it — contracts that no one actually reads. It’s impossible for us to read and analyze every single one of these agreements. But we started counting exactly how many times you have to hit “agree” to use devices when we review them, since these are agreements most people don’t read and definitely can’t negotiate.

To start using the HP Spectre x360 14, you’ll need to agree to the following:

A request for your region
A request for your keyboard layout
License agreements for Windows, HP, and McAfee
PIN

You can also say yes or no to the following:

Wi-Fi
Microsoft account (can be bypassed if you stay offline)
Windows Hello fingerprint recognition and face recognition
Privacy settings (speech recognition, location, Find My Device, sharing diagnostic data, inking and typing, tailored experience, advertising ID)
Customize your device for gaming, schoolwork, creativity, entertainment, family, or business
Sync an Android phone
OneDrive backup
Office 365
Allow Microsoft to collect and use information for Cortana’s personalized experiences and suggestions, including: location and location history, contacts, voice input, speech and handwriting patterns, typing history, search history, calendar details, content and communication history from Microsoft services, messages, and apps
Provide your name, region, and contact information to HP
Allow HP to use information about your system to provide customer support, and enable your PC to show HP contact options, warranty information, and support messages
Allow HP to use information about your system to improve HP products and services
Allow HP to use your contact details and information about your system to send personalized news and offers

That’s six mandatory agreements and 20 optional agreements to use the Spectre x360 14.

When we’re evaluating a convertible laptop at the Spectre’s price point, the big question is how it compares to the gold standard of Windows convertibles, the Dell XPS 13 2-in-1. The XPS has a few advantages: it’s a bit thinner and lighter, its touchpad is less stiff, and it has a more modest look that some users might prefer.

But for me, the ball game is close but clear. The Spectre x360’s meticulous craftsmanship, classy aesthetic, and 3:2 screen put it over the top. It also edges out the XPS in a few key areas: the keyboard is more comfortable, the battery life is better, and Dell’s closest-priced configuration to this unit only has half its storage. The Spectre’s smaller amenities that the XPS lacks — like the bundled stylus, the USB-A port, the blue color, and the OLED option — are icing on the cake.

If you’re looking for a premium Windows convertible with a classy aesthetic, that makes the Spectre a no-brainer purchase. This is HP at its best; it’s a luxury laptop in pretty much every area. I can’t imagine that it won’t be the next laptop I buy.

Photography by Monica Chin / The Verge

Best Ultrabooks 2023 | TOP-10

Review of the best ultrabooks from HowTablet.

Best
ultrabooks promise to be great companions for professionals,
working on the road. These are the thinnest and lightest premium laptops available.
offer a balance between power and portability, providing a productive
work on business trips, at conferences or when you want to work a little
during the journey.

Many of the best laptops fall into the ultrabook category as they tend to use some of the best processors on the market and are made from high quality materials like machined aluminum and magnesium alloy. So, if you’re planning on getting one of these, options abound, especially with the new CES 2023 announcements.0008

The good news is that ultrabooks are no longer the most expensive premium laptops. There are plenty of lightweight ultrabooks out there that are attractively designed yet still affordable, such as the Acer Swift 3 OLED, which combines a great screen with high-performance components at a competitive price. This means that ultrabooks will successfully serve as laptops for study.

Also among the best laptops for work are ultrabooks, which are worth considering if you’re looking to upgrade your machine this year. And since we’ve tested most of them, we’ll help you find the right one for you.

Below we
made a rating of the best ultrabooks that have passed our review. Explore it on
leisure and buy with confidence, whatever your needs and budget,
having made your choice, you will find the best prices in our widget, which
navigate to the shops in your city.

Editor’s note (February, 2023): With the announcement of the new Samsung Galaxy Book3 Pro, Samsung Galaxy Book3 Pro 360 and Samsung Galaxy Book3 Ultra, there are many new candidates for the best ultrabook in 2023.

This
new ultrabooks from Samsung equipped with new
mobile processors Intel Core (13th generation), attracting
manufacturer to the number of major laptop manufacturers, which was not previously
happened. But how can these new ultrabooks stand up to the new Acer?
Swift 3 OLED (2022) or HP Specter x360 (2022)?
We’ll know about that soon enough once we get the Ultrabooks for review.
stay tuned!

Best Ultrabooks of 2023

1. Dell
XPS 15 (2022)

The best ultrabook, without a doubt.

Processor : Intel Core i7-12700H | Graphics : Nvidia GeForce RTX 3050 Ti | RAM : 16 GB DDR5 | Screen : 15.6-inch (3456 x 2160) 3.5K, 60Hz | Drive : 1TB PCIe NVMe M.2 SSD.

Pros:

Superior performance;
Quality design;
Long run time;

Cons :

Not the best choice for gaming;
High performance models are expensive;

Dell XPS 15 (2022) is an ultrabook that can seduce
even ardent Mac fans. With the Nvidia GeForce RTX 3050 Ti, it can easily handle all your creative and productive work
loads, even if its performance is not enough for AAA games. Except
moreover, it is indeed an aesthetically pleasing laptop that sets
standard for Windows laptops, thanks to a convenient support for
wrists made of carbon fiber and a strong body.

And yet
price gets out of control very quickly when you start looking at configurations
with decent performance, the version from our review has a decent
value for money for premium ultrabooks. The latest XPS 15 features
with a stunning 3.5K resolution panel and a significant array of ports, making
its one of the best laptops we’ve tested this year.

Read the full Dell XPS 15 (2022) review.

2. HP Elite Dragonfly G2

Lightning strikes twice for HP.

Processor : Intel Core i3 – Core i7 (11th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics | RAM : 8 GB – 32 GB | Screen : 13.3″ BrightView LED FHD (400 nits) – 13.3″ BrightView UHD HDR-400 (550 nits) | Drive : Up to 2TB SSD.

Pros :

Great design;
Comfortable keyboard;
Good screen;

Cons:

Expensive laptop;
USB-C ports on one side only;

HP Elite Dragonfly second generation held status
one of the best ultrabooks. Impressive HP Business Notebook
returns from
redesigned design, long battery life and
functional 2 in 1 solutions. Of course, now it is more powerful than ever before,
with 11th Gen Intel Core processors, Intel Iris Xe graphics, and now a 4K panel upgraded from
previous Full HD models.

you
you will find something to love him for, Dragonfly came incredibly close to becoming perfect
laptop for work and business from all that HP has released – and it can be yours if
you can afford its price, which is quite high. However, since
it is designed for professionals, it is definitely worth the investment. Unfortunately,
the later G3 was a little disappointing, but that doesn’t detract
status of Elite Dragonfly G2 as first-class
ultrabook.

Read the full review of the HP Elite Dragonfly G2.

3. HP Specter x360 (2022)

HP is not lightning, it strikes twice in the same place.

Processor : Intel Core i5 – Core i7 (12th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics | RAM : 8 GB – 16 GB LPDDR4X | Screen : 13.5″ 3K2K (3000 x 2000) UWVA OLED | Drive : 256 GB – 2 TB SSD.

Pros :

Great design;
Long battery life;
Bright OLED display;

Cons :

OLED display raises the price;
Touchpad sensitivity questionable;

The HP Specter x360 has been one of our favorite laptops for years, and the 2022 model continues the trend. The HP Specter x360 (2022) with 12th Gen Intel Alder Lake processors delivers a significant performance boost with updated Intel Iris Xe integrated graphics that’s better than ever before. We would even say that this is the best 2 in 1 laptop on the market right now.

He
still features impeccable design and stylish case with diamond
finishes these laptops are known for, making the x360 one of the most attractive
ultrabooks ever made, not to mention superb quality
assemblies. And while it’s definitely an expensive car, you get great
additional features, including powerful security options with amazing
decent Bang & Olufsen speakers. If you care about aesthetics
as well as performance and overall quality, this ultrabook is the best choice
for you.

Read the full HP Specter x360 (2022) review.

4. Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 9

Best Ultralight Ultrabook.

Processor : Intel Core i5 – Core i7 (11th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe | RAM : 8 GB – 32 GB | Screen : 14″ (1920 x 1200, 16:10) – (3840 x 2400) Touch | Drive : 256 GB – 1 TB SSD.

Pros :

High performance;
Long battery life;

Cons :

Integrated graphics are weak for creative loads;

Lenovo X1 Carbon Gen 9 is not only one of Lenovo’s best laptops, it’s also one of the most powerful ultrabooks around. Continuing the concept of predecessor laptops such as the X1 Carbon, it combines performance and features, all in a lightweight and beautiful body. It’s hard to ask for anything better in the battery department, so those looking for a professional machine to work on the go will appreciate the Ultrabook’s additional features.

And while it’s not great at graphics-intensive creative tasks, most workloads run smoothly with an 11th Gen Intel Core processor with integrated Iris Xe graphics, coupled with 8GB of RAM (up to 32GB). Plus, the ultrabook is Evo-certified, so you can rest assured that it’s a quality laptop, not to mention the security features.

Read full Lenovo X1 Carbon Gen 9 review.

5. Asus ZenBook 13

The best AMD based Ultrabook.

Processor : AMD Ryzen 7 5800U | Graphics : AMD Radeon | RAM : 16 GB | Screen : 13.3″ OLED FHD (1080p), 400 nits | Drive : 1TB PCIe SSD.

Pros :

Gorgeous OLED display;
High performance CPU;

Cons :

Radeon graphics leave much to be desired;

ASUS is pushing rival Ultrabooks up to speed with the new ASUS ZenBook 13. If its stunning OLED display doesn’t win you over with vibrant colors, you’ll probably be succumbed to long battery life beyond the capabilities of most competitors. Its performance covers most user needs, only the graphics performance sags a little, even in comparison with the Intel Iris Xe.

Other downsides are the lack of a 3. 5mm headphone port and Thunderbolt 4 support. However, if those issues don’t stop you, you can get the multitasking specialist in the ZenBook 13, which can last for hours on a single charge.

Read the full review of ASUS ZenBook 13.

6. LG Gram 17 (2021)

The epitome of power and performance.

Processor : Intel Core i7 (11th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics | RAM : 16 GB LPDDR4X | Display : 17″ WQXGA (2560 x 1600) IPS LCD | Physical Memory : Up to 2TB NVMe SSD.

Pros of : Opening hours | Excellent screen | Very light;
Cons : Expensive | The screen is susceptible to glare;

Work and business laptops are back in 17-inch format, led by the award-winning LG Gram 17, an amazingly thin and light laptop. It’s back in 2021 to be better than ever before, refreshing the configuration with new components, including 11th Gen Intel processors with integrated Iris Xe graphics, and dual USB-C based Thunderbolt 4 ports.

Long battery life is back with a stunning picture display, but the price is right. And make no mistake, the Gram 17 is worth it if you want the best performance with the portability of an ultrabook, but a larger screen size.

Read the full LG Gram 17 (2021) review.

7. Asus ZenBook Pro 15 Flip OLED

Incredible yet elusive ultrabook.

Processor : up to Intel Core i7 (12th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics / Intel Arc A370M 4 GB | RAM : 16 GB LPDDR5 | Screen : 15.6″ OLED 2.8K (2880 x 1620) touch | Drive : Up to 1TB M.2 SSD.

Pros:

Incredibly lightweight design;
Excellent keyboard, touchpad and display;
High performance;

Cons:

Webcam leaves much to be desired;
Very limited availability;

What
laptop! Yes, Asus ZenBook Pro 15 Flip OLED
hit us in
time of the review, where the laptop showed excellent performance in
extremely beautiful case. Comfortable keyboard and touchpad, great choice
physical ports, all this makes the ultrabook incredibly convenient in the classic
form factor, then you unlock the full potential of the OLED touch panel
at 2.8K resolution in tablet mode.

We were
are extremely close to giving this ultrabook the highest rating, but, to
unfortunately, the absence of this model in most stores undermined the overall
evaluation, ZenBook Pro 15 Flip OLED
hard to find in
Russia, it is also very limited in US and European stores. We hope that
the situation will change, as we will gladly give him the highest rating in
very soon!

8. Samsung Galaxy Book2 Pro

Second generation MacBook competitor from Samsung.

Processor : Intel Core i5 – Core i7 (12th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics | RAM : 8 GB – 16 GB LPDDR5 | Screen : 15.6″ AMOLED Full HD (1920 x 1080) | Drive : 256 GB – 512 GB.

Pros:

Amazing battery life;
Excellent AMOLED display;
Ultra light and elegant design;

Cons:

Higher spec models are expensive;
The Samsung ecosystem may annoy some users;

Samsung Galaxy Book2 Pro
improves the original
design of Galaxy Book Pro in almost every aspect,
offering the market a worthy competitor to the MacBook Air. One
one of the most outstanding aspects of laptops is the amazing battery life
performance combined with a remarkable AMOLED display that provides
incredible brightness.

Add
to this excellent day-to-day performance thanks to the Intel 12th processor
generations, all in the very lightweight design of a full-featured ultrabook designed
for traveling. Samsung fans will be happy to know that the Galaxy Book2 Pro
Very good
integrates with smartphones, tablets and other Samsung devices within the “ecosystem
galaxy”.

9.

Lenovo ThinkBook 14S Yoga

Amazing 2-in-1 hybrid.

Processor : Intel Core i5 – Core i7 (11th generation) | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics | RAM : up to 24 GB DDR4 3200 MHz | Display : 14″ IPS FHD (1920 x 1080) glossy 300 nit touch | Drive : Up to 1TB PCIe SSD.

Pros:

Excellent performance;
Integrated stylus;

Cons :

Average battery life;

Lenovo’s latest release is the ThinkBook 14S Yoga Ultrabook, which is built to be a rugged convertible with a range of great features and amazing performance, not to mention a 2-in-1 hybrid form factor, and a stylus hidden in a dedicated compartment that isn’t something common to most laptops.

You’ll find a lot to love about the Lenovo ThinkBook 14S Yoga, starting with its excellent value for money, although it’s admittedly not perfect. Battery life, for example, doesn’t match the competition. However, this does not prevent him from being one of the best hybrid ultrabooks.

Read the full Lenovo ThinkBook 14S Yoga review.

10. Acer Swift 3 OLED (2022)

Incredible 14″ ultrabook.

Processor : Intel Core i7-12700H | Graphics : Intel Iris Xe Graphics | RAM: 16 GB LPDDR5 | Screen : 14-inch 2.8K OLED SlimBezel Adobe 100% | Drive : 1 TB.

Pros:

Excellent price tag;
Gorgeous HDR OLED display;
Excellent keyboard and touchpad;
Incredibly powerful processor;

Cons :

Average battery life;
Medium quality webcam;
Limited availability;

Acer 3 Swift OLED is the continuation of one of the best laptops
on the market and this update will not disappoint fans in the slightest. AND
as long as it’s a touchpad like Acer Swift 3 or Acer
Swift 5, the main feature is the magnificent OLED display, which also
supports HDR.

His
the sleek and thin body belies the incredible performance of the processor,
one of the best ultrabooks have offered in recent years. And performance
GPU is not inferior, ensuring that you will be able to work and
play with ease. In addition, the incredibly affordable price tag makes the ultrabook
awesome offer.

Read the full Acer Swift 3 OLED (2022) review.

What
is an ultrabook?

Ultrabooks
differ from classic laptops in that they are usually machines
premium class, made from the finest materials, powered by powerful
processors with the best integrated graphics. These high performance
laptops traditionally run on Intel processors, as they were originally developed
as an alternative to the Apple MacBook based on Windows. The term “Ultrabook” is an abbreviation
from “ultra mobile laptop” and was coined by Intel.

When looking for the best ultrabook, you want something thin (less than 2.4 cm thick), ideally with an Intel processor and an SSD (Solid State Drive). Ultrabooks need to be light but powerful, so you need to have increased portability and the ability to run any software you can think of, including video editing, programming, or the Microsoft Office suite.

Availability
an SSD in an ultrabook is very important, because based on Intel Smart Response, the files and applications used run on
a fast solid state drive that makes your laptop run faster,
than a normal laptop. If you need to multitask regularly,
you might consider switching to an ultrabook with a 4-core processor – the more
processor cores, the more capable it is in multitasking
simultaneously.

Ultrabooks
fit for games?

Reply
This question is simple, and the answer is no. Possibly, depending on the specifications.
your ultrabook and the types of games you want to play. overwhelming
most ultrabooks run on integrated graphics, which means that
graphics tasks run directly on the CPU, while system RAM
memory is used as video memory.

Some
ultrabooks are equipped with dedicated graphics with separate video memory, such as Dell
XPS 15 (2022), which is at the top of the rankings. These ultrabooks
can handle games, but don’t expect them to play the newest
games at maximum graphics settings without dropping framerates.

Ultrabooks that do not have dedicated graphics (most of the Ultrabooks in our ranking are equipped with integrated Intel Xe graphics) will generally have difficulty playing games, unless they are indie games or older games that are not particularly demanding on graphics. If you really want to play the latest games, consider one of the best gaming laptops instead.

Laptops

Best Laptops from CES-2023 / Sudo Null IT News

The Consumer Electronics Show (CES) is where hundreds and thousands of new electronics products debut each year. It’s a gigantic mix of technical ideas, both good and bad. CES shows in Las Vegas showcase all the latest innovations: new gadgets, apps and concepts that give you a glimpse of what tomorrow might look like. They showcase products that are inherently unique to a wide audience, whether they have become so through innovative industrial design, special development methods, or their own vision of the future.

Below is a list of the cool, sleek new laptops that were at CES this year.

❯ HP Dragonfly Pro

HP’s Dragonfly laptops and tablets have traditionally been designed for offices, but the Windows-based HP Dragonfly Pro is designed for freelancers and home workers. Thin and light high performance business PC. A worthy competitor to Apple MacBook Air and XPS laptops from Dell. This laptop is an offshoot of the new Dragonfly line, which is aimed at the commercial market. Paired with the Dragonfly Pro Chromebook, which was also announced at CES, HP is looking to grab attention with new built-in support services.

Dimensions: 12.39″ x 8.78″ x 0.72″
Weight: 1.6 kg
Processor: AMD Ryzen 7 7736U
GPU: AMD Radeon
RAM: 32 GB LPDDR5 6400 Mbps RAM (built-in)
Display: 14″ Full HD (1920 x 1200)
Storage: 1TB PCIe NVMe SSD (built-in)
Touch multi-touch: enabled
Ports: 2 USB-C Thunderbolt 4, 1 USB-C 3. 2
Webcam: 5MP IR shutter camera
Operating system: Windows 11

HP Dragonfly Pro will be released in spring 2023 and HP is going to share pricing information closer to launch.

❯ LG Gram Ultraslim

LG is no stranger to misleading expectations about laptop weight for a given screen size. At 1kg, the 15.6-inch LG Gram Ultraslim makes even the 13-inch MacBook Air feel massive. This is a very comfortable laptop that feels like a notepad in the hand ( got it, right? like a laptop like a notepad. Haha, no one has ever joked like that before. You didn’t joke, right? ), its closed thickness is 11 mm. The laptop can have up to 32GB of LPDDR5 RAM and up to 1TB of storage (Gen4 NVMe).

Dimensions: 14.02 x 8.95 x 0.43 inches
Processor: 13th generation Intel Raptor Core P
series
Graphics: Intel Iris Xe
Display: 15.6″ 16:9 Full HD (1920 x 1080) OLED
Ports: 2 x USB-C with Thunderbolt 4, USB-C 4, 3.5mm audio jack
Webcam: 1080p
60 watt hour battery
Operating system: Windows 11
The price is being specified.

❯ Alienware x16

Notebook manufacturers showcased 16-inch and 18-inch gaming laptops at CES 2023, but it was the Alienware x16 that attracted the most attention.

Size: 11.41″ x 14.36″ x 0.73″
Weight: 2.7 kg
Processor: Core i9-13900HK
GPU: RTX 4090 16GB (175W)
RAM: 32 GB LP-DDR5 6000
Storage: up to 4 TB
Screen: 16″, 2560 x 1600, 240Hz
90 watt hour battery
Webcam: 1080p
Ports: 1 Headset, 1 USB-C 3.2 Gen 2, 2 USB-C Thunderbolt 4, 2 USB-A 3.2 Gen 1, 1 HDMI 2.1, 1 MicroSD card slot, 1 mini-DisplayPort 1.4
Operating system: Windows 11

The display supports Dolby Vision, and with six speakers, the user also gets Dolby Atmos Audio. Thus, this laptop is a real find for fans/connoisseurs of multimedia and games.

The Alienware x16 is expected to be released in the first quarter, starting at $2,149. According to Dell, high-end configurations with Intel and Nvidia components will start at $3,099.

❯ Dell G15

There were few budget laptops at the exhibition. In a world of increasingly expensive gaming PCs, it’s nice to see a budget model. Starting at just $700, the Dell G15 looks and feels better than most other offerings in this price range. It’s a little on the heavy side, but it offers the latest generation of CPUs and entry-level GPUs from Intel’s Core i5 and Nvidia RTX 3050 with top performance at an affordable price that’s powerful enough to handle AAA games at fairly high settings. There are also plenty of configuration options and the more average G16 model. If the G15 has an obvious downside, it’s that it only comes with 8GB of RAM, but it’s easy enough to upgrade if you find things slowing down. The G15 comes with a 15.6-inch screen with a maximum resolution of 1920 x 1080, 250 nits, 120Hz refresh rate.

❯ Lenovo ThinkBook 16P Gen 4

The ThinkBook 16p Gen 4 has received comprehensive improvements over the previous generation. Lenovo is now equipping the ThinkBook 16p Gen 4 with a 3.2K mini-LED display at 120Hz and 400nits of brightness that is 100% DCI-P3 covered. This display is color calibrated for Delta E less than 1 and also allows you to switch the color gamut. Buyers can also customize the laptop with a 2.5K 60Hz IPS display that can cover 100% of the sRGB color gamut. Both displays are TUV Eyesafe and TUV Low Blue Light certified.

This time, Lenovo has decided to follow the path of Intel, offering Raptor Lake-H variants up to the Core i9. Graphics are handled by the Nvidia GeForce RTX 4060 GPU options. Consequently, there are larger vents on all four sides of the device compared to the previous model for improved cooling. Memory can be configured with up to 16GB of DDR5 expandable RAM, and there are also two M.2 slots for two SSDs.

Connectivity options are also updated with Wi-Fi 6E support. The display has an FHD IR webcam, but Lenovo has also provided an 11-pin pogo connector on the other side of the webcam for connecting Magic Bay accessories such as the Magic Bay Light webcam, Magic Bay LTE, and Magic Bay 4K.

Lenovo has also upgraded the ThinkBook 16p Gen 4 battery to 80 Wh with fast charging. The Lenovo ThinkBook 16p Gen 4 will be available from June 2023 starting at €1,399.

❯ Asus ProArt Studiobook 16 with 3D OLED

Asus’ ProArt line has been one of the most sought after professional workstation laptops. Now, at CES 2023, Asus is taking things to the next level with the updated ProArt StudioBook 16 OLED with a Simulated Reality (SR) 3D display.

The Asus ProArt Studiobook 16 looks like a premium, heavy-duty laptop for professional artists and designers. It packs top 13th generation Intel processors and Nvidia RTX 40 Series GPUs, but the standout feature is the 3D screen. This OLED display, dubbed Spatial Vision, provides glasses-free viewing. The 120Hz, 3.2K resolution screen uses Dimenco Simulated Reality 3D technology, which allows you to view 3D content in augmented reality (XR). Spatial Vision transforms 2D content into immersive 3D. The OLED display has separate lenses for each pixel and an additional eye-tracking camera.

Inside, the laptop features the latest Intel Core i9-13980HX processor, Nvidia RTX 40 series graphics with Studio drivers, up to 64GB of DDR5-4800 RAM, and up to 8TB of PCIe Gen 4 storage. Asus offers two expandable SO-DIMM slots and two slots M.2 for easy upgrades.

Another innovation of the ProArt StudioBook 16 3D OLED is the implementation of a 16:10 tactile touchpad with stylus support. We also get an Asus Dial for quick access to common features of popular creative tools. Other features include a wide range of ports including two Thunderbolt 4, HDMI 2.1 output, 1.4 micron FHD IR camera, SD Express 7.0 card reader and 90 Wh

ProArt StudioBook 16 OLED will also be available in a non-3D version. Pricing and availability information for the 2023 ProArt StuioBook 16 has yet to be released.

❯ Asus Chromebook Vibe CX34 Flip

Asus was one of three companies, along with Acer and Lenovo, to launch the Chromebook gaming concept in early 2022. However, its original development, the Asus Chromebook Vibe CX55 Flip, had some of the weakest internals, with Intel’s 11th generation processor configurations. In contrast, Acer and Lenovo used 12th generation chips.

Now Asus is back with the first second-generation gaming Chromebook to hit the market, packing some of the highest specs the category has ever seen into its new Vibe CX34 gaming Chromebook.

These features include:

Dimensions: 31.95 x 23.49 x 2.09 cm
CPU: Intel Core i3-1215U, Core 15-1235U or Core i7-1255U
GPU: Intel Iris Xe graphics (Core i5 and i7 models) or UHD graphics (Core i3 model)
Memory: 8GB or 16GB RAM
Storage: 128 GB, 256 GB or 512 GB SSD
Display: 14″ WUXGA (1920×1200) IPS panel with 144Hz refresh rate, touch screen and
stylus support
Ports: 2 USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, HDMI 2.1, 3.5mm audio jack, Kensington slot, microSD card slot
Webcam: 720p
Weight: 1.8 kg

With 12th generation processor options, upgraded display and video output, and ample RAM and storage, the CX34 is clearly designed to be one step ahead of its predecessor in almost every way. The inclusion of an Asus-branded ErgoLift hinge means it can also be used in tablet mode for Android gaming from the Google Play Store or as a custom gaming display.

The first generation of gaming Chromebooks cost around $550-650. However, some configurations of the original Vibe CX55 cost up to $730, so top-end versions of the new Vibe CX34 could well exceed $800.

❯ Lenovo Yoga Book 9i

The 13.3-inch convertible Lenovo Yoga Book 9i features a dual-touch OLED display built for hybrid productivity and multitasking. This 2-in-1 model is Intel Evo certified for thin and light and features the latest ultra-low power 13th Gen Raptor Lake mobile processors, up to 1TB of NVMe SSD storage, and at least three Thunderbolt 4 ports.

Two 13.3-inch touchscreens combine OLED panels with 2.8K resolution, 400 nits brightness, 100% DCI-P3 color gamut, and PureSight 60Hz refresh rate. Lenovo offers two processor options, including the i7-1355U and i5-1335U with integrated Iris Xe graphics, which are complemented by 16GB of LPDDR5X RAM. Storage options include 512GB and 1TB PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs. The weight of the laptop is 1.38 kg.

Port selection includes three Thunderbolt 4 connectors, one of which is used for fast charging. A folio stand, Bluetooth keyboard and Active Pen are also offered with this model. Other notable features include four Bowers & Wilkins speakers with Dolby Atmos, a FHD IR (5M USB) webcam with privacy shutter, Wi-Fi 6E + BT 5.2 wireless connectivity, and an 80Wh battery that lasts for 10 hours of use in dual-screen mode or 14 hours in single-screen mode.

This model will be available in June 2023 starting at €2699 in Europe.

❯ Lenovo Yoga AIO 9i

The last monoblock on the list is not exactly a laptop, but still an interesting specimen.
Lenovo introduced the Yoga AIO 9i, a stylish all-in-one desktop powered by Intel Raptor Lake, Core i7-13700H or Core i9-13900H processors and Ada Lovelace-based GPU.

The

Yoga AIO 9i features a laptop version of the NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4050, furthering its reputation as a laptop with a huge display attached to it.

Wifi wired extender: The 2 Best Wi-Fi Extenders and Signal Boosters of 2023

Опубликовано: April 29, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

The 2 Best Wi-Fi Extenders and Signal Boosters of 2023

We independently review everything we recommend. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more›

Electronics
Networking

Photo: Michael Murtaugh

FYI

After a new round of testing, we’ve named the Asus RP-AX56 as our new upgrade pick, replacing the TP-Link RE605X. We remain confident in our top pick, the TP-Link RE315.

August 2022

Sometimes, there’s one spot in your home where Wi-Fi just doesn’t quite work right. If your standalone Wi-Fi router isn’t keeping your laptop or phone reliably connected everywhere in your house, a good Wi-Fi extender is the quickest, cheapest fix, though it’s most effective in an environment with just a single dead zone. After putting in more than 20 additional hours on a new round of research and testing, we’ve found that the moderately priced TP-Link RE315 can make a network noticeably more reliable in a small area.

Moving your router

Make sure your router is centrally located before trying an extender or booster.
Replacing your router

If your router is more than a few years old, replacing it may be a more reliable and effective option than getting an extender.
Installing mesh Wi-Fi instead

Mesh-networking kits take the weight off a single router, spreading multiple access points around your house to improve Wi-Fi range and performance.
Using wired Ethernet

The fastest internet always comes from a hard line into your devices. Connect directly and avoid Wi-Fi if you can.

No Wi-Fi extender can improve the speeds of an outdated or failing router or cover multiple dead spots in your home. If your router is more than a few years old, you may be better off replacing it with a mesh Wi-Fi kit instead.

Our pick

TP-Link RE315

TP-Link’s RE315 is a good extender for anyone who wants to boost a network, add an Ethernet jack to another room wirelessly, or install an access point in a prewired home.

The TP-Link RE315 reliably improved Wi-Fi connections and speed in our testing. It’s compact and easy to plug in and set up, and it has an Ethernet port for connecting wired devices. Typically priced under $40, it’s a good, relatively inexpensive fix for spotty Wi-Fi in a particular room of your home. If you have a compatible TP-Link router such as the Archer A7 or Archer A8, you can use the RE315’s OneMesh feature, which hands off the connection between the extender and the router. Otherwise, extenders create a second network name that you connect to when necessary.

Upgrade pick

Asus RP-AX56

The Asus RP-AX56 provides a stable and speedy connection to trouble-prone areas of a home. It works with any router but is also a mesh-compatible extender for homes with Asus AiMesh routers.

The Asus RP-AX56 topped our performance tests while serving a reliable network signal to a troublesome corner of our test home. It was almost as good as the dedicated mesh network we tested in the same location. This is the model we recommend to extend a Wi-Fi 6 network, especially if you installed your router in the past year or two.

Another way to bring Wi-Fi to harder-to-reach parts of your home is to use a powerline or MoCA (which uses the cable TV wiring in your home) networking kit. These kits use your home’s existing wiring to transmit data from one extender to the other. Such kits can be more reliable than Wi-Fi–only extenders, but they’re also heavily dependent on the age, quality, and complexity of your home’s electrical wires or coaxial (TV) cables. You can read more in our full guide to powerline networking kits.

Expand your Wi-Fi using wires already in your home

Everything we recommend

Our pick

TP-Link RE315

TP-Link’s RE315 is a good extender for anyone who wants to boost a network, add an Ethernet jack to another room wirelessly, or install an access point in a prewired home.

Upgrade pick

Asus RP-AX56

The Asus RP-AX56 provides a stable and speedy connection to trouble-prone areas of a home. It works with any router but is also a mesh-compatible extender for homes with Asus AiMesh routers.

The research

How do Wi-Fi extenders work?
When to consider something other than an extender
How we picked the best Wi-Fi booster
How we tested Wi-Fi signal extenders
Our Wi-Fi range extender pick: TP-Link RE315
Upgrade pick: Asus RP-AX56
An overview of the test results
What to look forward to
The competition

How do Wi-Fi extenders work?

If parts of your home or apartment don’t get a good Wi-Fi signal, a wireless extender connects to your existing Wi-Fi at a location with a strong connection and then rebroadcasts its own signals, improving the quality of Wi-Fi connections within its range. If you already own a decent router and simply want to improve your Wi-Fi and boost its signal in one or two extra rooms, an extender might be just the fix you’re looking for.

The catch with Wi-Fi extenders is the placement. The quality of the extender’s network can’t be any better than the quality of its backhaul connection to the router—which means you need to position the extender much closer to the router than you might think. Illustration: Wirecutter

Despite the name, a Wi-Fi extender can’t grow your network much farther than its current maximum range. A good extender improves the radio coverage of your network within its current boundaries, thus improving your web-browsing experience—and it’s great for bouncing the signal around obstructions like elevator shafts, reinforced walls, or foundations.

When to consider something other than an extender

Extenders are a cheap(ish), easy solution to a common problem, but they’re rarely the most optimal one. Before you buy a Wi-Fi extender, consider replacing a router more than a few years old with a newer, faster model—or going with mesh networking. If you already have a good Wi-Fi 5 or Wi-Fi 6 router, make sure you’ve positioned it as high up and as close to the center of your home as you can. Plug computers, streaming devices, game consoles, and anything else you can into the router—or a network switch, if you need more ports—via Ethernet to reduce the number of devices competing for a wireless connection.

If you’ve done all that and still have trouble spots, a wireless extender could help. Cost is key, though: Good mesh Wi-Fi networks start out just above $120 and offer more features, greater range, better roaming between access points, and generally higher performance. Replacing an older router while also adding a Wi-Fi extender costs enough that one of our mesh picks would be a much better choice at that point.

Recently, Wi-Fi manufacturers have been taking features from their mesh systems and applying them to Wi-Fi extenders. Usually, when you set up a Wi-Fi extender, it has to use a different network name, or SSID (like “routername_ext”), and you need to manually connect your devices to the extender instead of to the primary router. Typically, you also have to choose which of the two networks to connect to when you’re walking around in your home. A mesh-compatible extender, in contrast, uses the same name for your network, and as a result you can move around your home without manually disconnecting from one network and joining the next. Some mesh-compatible extenders work only with routers from the same manufacturer, while others work with any Wi-Fi router (even the one from your internet service provider).

One final warning: Avoid extenders that don’t use 802.11ac (Wi-Fi 5) or 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6 or Wi-Fi 6E). Old, 802.11n (Wi-Fi 4) extenders are cheaper, but when such extenders are running, they significantly decrease the speed of all devices on your Wi-Fi; in addition, for devices connected by Wi-Fi to the extender, such models provide less than half of the base router’s speed. None of our picks are 802.11n extenders.

How we picked the best Wi-Fi booster

Photo: Michael Murtaugh

In considering models for this guide, we wanted each device to have the following:

802.11ac (Wi-Fi 5) or 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6 or 6E) support: Older, slower 802.11n extenders won’t cut it, even if they’re dual-band.
Good performance: The extender must improve coverage and connectivity compared with the router alone—otherwise you’re just adding another device that sits on your network (and you’re wasting money). Our testing takes into account the change in network performance when you’re adding an extender to a busy network, measuring both throughput (speed) and latency (the wait before a page loads).
Ethernet ports: These ports are convenient for wired connections to entertainment devices. In the past, we’ve accepted extenders without Ethernet support, but this time we’ve made the feature mandatory. They’re just that handy.
Mesh compatibility: Whether the mesh-networking features are compatible only with routers from the same manufacturer (TP-Link, Asus) or with all routers (Netgear), they can simplify setup and ensure that your devices are connected to the router or extender with the stronger signal, improving the stability of your network.
Moderate price: We didn’t consider many options over $150, and we paid special attention to extenders that cost $50 or less. We didn’t test any of the more-expensive extenders (up to $300). The cost of an extender plus a good router should be less than that of a mesh system—otherwise, you should probably get a mesh system instead.

Once we produced a preliminary list of all the pure Wi-Fi and mesh-capable extenders from major vendors, we narrowed them down by looking at Amazon customer reviews and previous professional reviews from sites such as CNET and SmallNetBuilder. This process left us with a handful of devices from Asus, D-Link, Linksys, Netgear, and TP-Link.

How we tested Wi-Fi signal extenders

Our Wi-Fi range extender pick: TP-Link RE315

Upgrade pick: Asus RP-AX56

Photo: Michael Murtaugh

Upgrade pick

Asus RP-AX56

The Asus RP-AX56 provides a stable and speedy connection to trouble-prone areas of a home. It works with any router but is also a mesh-compatible extender for homes with Asus AiMesh routers.

The price of the Asus RP-AX56 is about double that of our top pick, the TP-Link RE315, but in our tests it was as quick as a dedicated budget mesh-networking system when paired with our top-pick standalone router, the TP-Link Archer AX50. The RP-AX56 also tops the RE315 with forward-looking technology, including Wi-Fi 6 support and a Gigabit Ethernet port. If you don’t have many recent or higher-end devices that take advantage of Wi-Fi 6, and if you don’t have a gigabit internet connection, this Asus extender is probably overkill—the RE315, with its Wi-Fi 5 support and 100-megabit Ethernet port, is likely to work just as well for you.

The RP-AX56 is visually less intrusive than the RE315, thanks to its internal antennas. Whereas the RE315 looks like a piece of radio equipment, the RP-AX56 looks like a modest, if large, AC adapter.

The RP-AX56 is mesh-compatible with AiMesh (Asus’s mesh-networking standard), so it could connect seamlessly with our Wi-Fi router and mesh-networking upgrade picks. We tested it with a TP-Link router, and we can verify that it also works well as a standard Wi-Fi extender. As shown in our test results chart below, the RP-AX56 allowed our laptops to respond more quickly than when they were connected to a router alone, a result indicating that the extender helped overall network responsiveness and speed on a busy network in our test home.

The RP-AX56 has a Gigabit Ethernet port, offering a faster wired connection than the TP-Link RE315’s 100-megabit port. Photo: Michael Hession

The Asus RP-AX56 (left) is a little smaller—and easier to hide—than the TP-Link RE315 (right), thanks to its internal antennas. Photo: Michael Murtaugh

The RP-AX56 has a Gigabit Ethernet port, offering a faster wired connection than the TP-Link RE315’s 100-megabit port. Photo: Michael Hession

If your internet service plan is under 100 Mbps or if your base router uses Wi-Fi 5 (802.11ac), we recommend the cheaper TP-Link RE315. However, if you’re already using a Wi-Fi 6 router such as the Asus RT-AX88U, the TP-Link AX50, or the TP-Link AX20, adding a Wi-Fi 6 extender like the RP-AX56 makes sense: In doing so, you extend Wi-Fi 6 signals to your troublesome room, with faster potential throughput on the built-in Ethernet port.

The RP-AX56 can also act like a Wi-Fi 6 access point once you connect it to your router with a long Ethernet cable (or an Ethernet cable bridged with a pair of powerline or MoCA adapters). The cable takes care of the connection between the router and the extender, and once you’ve configured it, you can connect to your Wi-Fi network locally, even if you can’t get a signal to the router from that room at all.

The extender’s LED lights let you know when the Wi-Fi is ready for use. Photo: Michael Hession

An overview of the test results

In addition to evaluating the extenders’ ability to tame drop-offs, we tested to see how they improved the browsing experience, measured in latency. As mentioned above, latency refers to the time you spend between clicking a link and waiting for the next web page, streaming video, or file download to come through.

During our multi-client testing, we measured the typical amount of latency present when connecting in a web browser through each extender, highlighting how poorly each model did in its worst moments (the 75th-, 90th-, 95th-, and 99th-percentile results). This procedure allowed us to determine how frequently and how much the experience may frustrate you.

Charts: Wirecutter

We manually connected three of the six laptops to each extender using a separate network name (SSID), which ensured that the laptops would get their wireless signals from the extender rather than directly from the router. As a result the Wi-Fi signal would be routed around obstructions like multiple walls or appliances.

The top performers, including the TP-Link RE315, the Asus RP-AX56, and the Linksys RE7350, acted very much like the TP-Link Deco S4, our current budget mesh-networking pick. Though these three extenders were almost as good as a mesh network in our test home, we must point out that the mesh network automatically achieved the optimal results, whereas we had to configure the extenders manually.

The Netgear EAX15 performed passably when the network was active; in contrast, the D-Link mesh network we made from the company’s E15 extender and R15 router was just a touch worse than the TP-Link Archer A7 router alone. The TP-Link RE605X performed worst in this test group: Although the RE605X was able to complete the tests, our former upgrade pick was much slower than the competition when the network got busy.

This stacked median latency chart shows how we would expect each extender to perform most of the time. Longer browsing bars mean more time waiting for pages to load. Chart: Wirecutter

Our stacked median latency chart above shows the typical latency for every computer on our test network at once, giving some idea of the whole network’s general performance when multiple devices are making requests at the same time. Each color bar represents someone waiting for something to happen after clicking a link, and longer bars mean more time staring at a spinning circle or pinwheel. The Asus RP-AX56 was almost as quick to respond as our budget mesh system on these tests, prompting us to name it our upgrade pick. The TP-Link Deco S4 mesh network improved latency across the board and performed a bit better than the RP-AX56. The Deco S4 takes fewer steps to set up than the RP-AX56 and is more expandable, so replacing your router with a mesh setup is an easier option if you need improvement everywhere. Our top pick, the TP-Link RE315, finished in the middle of the pack this time around but surpassed similarly priced extenders in our tests for a previous iteration of this guide. The RE315 also handily beat the RE605X, our former upgrade pick, in this round of testing.

Placing the extender in between the router and the laptop in the attic improved the connection, for the most part. Chart: Wirecutter

We wanted to see how the extenders could improve speed to a single room, as you would hope if a laptop in the attic of your home, for example, had trouble keeping a connection to the router. We conducted this single-throughput test without the other clients active to make sure we were testing only for the best speed. Again, the mesh network provided the most improvement, but many of the tested extenders helped speed up downloads to the test PC. As you move away from a router, the radio signals degrade and can result in lower speed or throughput. A simple “bounce” through the extender helped our laptop maintain a better signal than in the initial situation, and the stronger signal from three of the four extenders (and the mesh network) boosted the throughput to the client laptop.

What to look forward to

Wi-Fi 6 and Wi-Fi 6E, also known as the 802.11ax protocol, are available in higher-end computers, networking devices, and phones and tablets. They will eventually supersede Wi-Fi 5 (also known as 802.11ac) across the board, just as Wi-Fi 5 superseded Wi-Fi 4 (802.11n). Wi-Fi 6 and 6E bundle in new features that should greatly improve networks with lots of active devices. However, just like the different standards within Wi-Fi 5, such as Wave 1 and Wave 2 MU-MIMO or WPA2 versus WPA3 encryption, most of these technologies will work only when all or most of the clients on the network (as well as the router) support them.

In practical terms, this means you would need both a new router and new extenders to take advantage of those technologies once they become available, and that’s rarely cost-effective. It’s already difficult to recommend investing in an extender when purpose-built mesh kits typically give you faster, farther-ranging connections and easier setup. We expect that this trend will continue as mesh becomes more mainstream and less expensive.

We concentrated on plug-in extenders for this update. For our next testing session, we will be looking at router-sized extenders such as the Asus RP-AC1900 with Wi-Fi 5 support and the Netgear EAX80 with Wi-Fi 6 support.

The competition

The TP-Link RE220 was our top pick in a previous version of this guide. Although it is still available, in testing for this update we found that the RE315 was more efficient at grabbing a signal from client devices and holding them steady. Our move to a larger home for testing in 2021 may have been too much for the RE220: It failed to connect to our test laptops as we expected and as it had in the past.

Although the TP-Link RE300 was a runner-up in the last iteration of this guide, since then we’ve made an Ethernet port a necessity (see How we picked above). Some folks might still find the RE300 useful, but we prefer the flexibility of an extender that also includes an Ethernet connection.

The Netgear EX7700 was an upgrade pick in a previous version of this guide, but its usual price is significantly higher than the $100 ceiling we’ve placed on our current roundup. At this level, it’s more prudent to replace your router with a budget mesh kit like the TP-Link Deco S4 for about $130.

The TP-Link RE605X, another upgrade pick in 2021, didn’t perform quite as well in a new round of testing, especially when compared with our new upgrade pick, the Asus RP-AX56. The RE605X could still be a valid purchase if you’re interested in extending a TP-Link network with OneMesh, but it’s no longer our first choice for Wi-Fi 6 networking.

While the Netgear EAX15 tested just behind the Asus RP-AX56, that Asus model bested it on all counts: latency, throughput, simultaneous streaming, and warranty. Like the other Netgear extenders listed below, the EAX15 can function in a mesh network with any router.

The Linksys RE7350 is another model that proved to be competitive with the RP-AX56 but ultimately finished a little behind our upgrade pick. The RE7350 is compatible with Linksys Mesh routers and Velop systems, but if you already have a compatible Linksys router, we’d recommend adding a Velop node to extend that Linksys network instead.

The D-Link E15 extender works with the D-Link R15 router as a D-Link Eagle Pro AI mesh network, so that’s how we tested it. Although this pairing offers a quick and somewhat inexpensive way to build a mesh network, it finished last in most of our tests, far behind the TP-Link Deco S4, a three-piece mesh-networking system that at the time of our testing cost only about $15 more than purchasing one E15 extender and one R15 router.

The TP-Link RE230 is a follow-up to the RE220 and RE300—it resembles an RE300 with the addition of an Ethernet port. The RE230 posted average results in our tests, with some highs and some lows. It also had trouble delivering a reliable connection to our second 4K streaming device with OneMesh networking on and off. We recommend spending the extra $15 or so for the RE315, our current top pick, as that model consistently performed better in our tests.

The Netgear EAX20, a router-shaped extender with three Gigabit Ethernet ports, just makes it under our current $100 price requirement. Although it includes Wi-Fi 6 support, it placed lower in our performance tests than extenders that were half as expensive. If you’re prepared to spend this amount of money, we’d recommend swapping your existing router out for a full-fledged mesh-networking kit instead.

The TP-Link RE200 was a pick in a previous version of this guide. Version 3 of the RE200 can accept updates (via firmware) to work with OneMesh; check the label on the back of the extender to verify which version of the hardware you have.

The Asus RP-AC55, which supports Asus’s AiMesh, lagged in testing for the previous version of this guide and was priced above our picks at the time. We briefly looked at the entry-level Asus RP-AC51, too, but we tested the AC55 because that model was only $10 more expensive.

As one of the least expensive (about $90 at the time of our research) mesh extenders capable of working with all routers, the Netgear EX6250 showed promise. In our performance testing, however, it landed in the middle of the pack—and because it’s pricey in comparison with our pick, we dismissed it.

Priced around $120 at the time of our tests, the Netgear Nighthawk X4 EX7300 is a mesh extender positioned between the EX6250 and the router-like EX7700. It did poorly on our performance tests.

We’ve also researched and considered more than two dozen extenders from Amped Wireless, AmpliFi, Asus, D-Link, Edimax, Linksys, Netgear, Tenda, and Zyxel. These models either failed to meet our requirements, were discontinued by the manufacturer, or dropped out of contention in a previous version of this guide.

This article was edited by Signe Brewster and Jason Chen.

Meet your guide

Joel Santo Domingo

Joel Santo Domingo is a senior staff writer covering networking and storage at Wirecutter. Previously he tested and reviewed more than a thousand PCs and tech devices for PCMag and other sites over 17 years. Joel became attracted to service journalism after answering many “What’s good?” questions while working as an IT manager and technician.

Does an Ethernet port on the WiFi Extender actually matter? – MBReviews

I have had the chance to test several dedicated WiFi extenders and have configured a few access points to work as WiFi extenders as well and yes, all had at least one Ethernet port. But why do you actually need it? Let me give you an example about a networking device that has gradually removed its Ethernet ports, leaving a single one for PoE purposes and I am talking about the ceiling-mountable wireless access point.

And I guess it’s a sensible decision considering that the users won’t like having cables hanging down from the ceiling towards a client device. But can this logic be applied to the WiFi extenders as well? From an aesthetic point of view, I guess so. But, when you use a WiFi extender, it is because you either hate to have Ethernet cables in your house or it’s just too costly to install new ones (retrofitting an old house). For this reason, a lot of us need to rely on WiFi extenders to receive the signal from the router, which is then pushed forward towards the client devices that were either connected at a low data transfer rate or were so far off, that they had no signal whatsoever.

Rock Space AX1800 WiFi extender.

So, if you intend to use a cable, then having an Ethernet port to connect the WiFi extender to the router makes zero sense because at that point, it’s better to use a proper access point. But there are a few other applications where it does make sense, such as connecting a client device via cable or even an Ethernet switch for multiple client devices. That is, if the WiFi extenders can actually handle such a setup.

And most don’t due to overheating, not necessarily because its components are too under powered. There’s also another possibility that involves interlinking WiFi with (non-WiFi) powerline adapters. So, I think it would be interesting to explore some of these applications and if it actually make sense to add an Ethernet port to a WiFi Extender.

Table of Contents

Is the port Gigabit?

Before anything else, let’s talk about the Ethernet port on the WiFi Extender. Is it Gigabit? Of course it is, you may boldly affirm, but you’d be surprised by how many things the manufacturers skimp on when they build their WiFi extenders.

Rock Space AC1200 WiFi extender.

Let me give you an example, the Rock Space AC1200 that I personally tested about three years ago which is pretty much the same device as the Tenda A18 and it has a Fast Ethernet port (max 100Mbps). And this is weirdly common for the more budget-friendly WiFi extenders which covers a surprisingly large number of such devices from the market (WiFi 5 mostly). The good news is that the WiFi 6 extenders seem to be better equipped and the Rock Space AX1800 does indeed come equipped with a proper Gigabit port.

So, do be careful with WiFi 5 extenders and make sure that your thoroughly research the device, because it’s very common for these extenders to have Fast Ethernet ports only. The reason for that, I think, is because the manufacturer knew that a lot of WiFi extender barely manage to offer 100Mbps, so why bother adding a port that could support a higher throughput than that?

Use the Ethernet port on a WiFi Extender for non-demanding devices

This ties in with the previous section because the WiFi extender is usually very bad at providing reliable Internet access to devices that run demanding applications. To understand why, it’s important to know what the WiFi extenders actually do. To keep it short, they cut your bandwidth by at least a half because while extending a certain radio band, the communication needs to be made from the router to the extender and the other way around, as well as from the WiFi extender to the client devices and back.

Draytek Vigor 920RP rugged access point set as WiFi extender.

Which is why they’re actually annoyingly ineffective in a lot of cases, especially with online gaming (and pretty much anything related to streaming). So, when the manufacturers have added an Ethernet port from the goodness of their hearts to the WiFi extenders, they really hoped that you’ll not connect a gaming/streaming PC, expecting to see something close to full Gigabit. I mean, you’re only going to see such as performance (in a stable manner) with a cabled connection directly to the router, but I digress.

If you have an old printer that doesn’t have a WiFi adapter built-in or a PC that doesn’t require a lot of bandwidth, then this is what that Ethernet port is for. But even so, be careful about the heat management.

The dreaded heat management

If you decide to use a modern access point as a WiFi extender, you shouldn’t really worry about the heat management, because the APs are actually great at keeping the temperature in check (I should know since I tested a lot of them). But let’s be honest, you’re either going to transform an older router into a WiFi repeater or you’re going to get a dedicated device.

Rock Space AX1800 Teardown.

And both will struggle at keeping the temperature down, especially the latter. The dedicated WiFi extenders are relatively small and have the plug built into the case, so you connect the device directly to the wall socket. It’s a very convenient approach, but the internal PSU crammed next to the other components ensure that the device will run hot all the time. This also means that the device doesn’t last long and it can also spell doom for your WiFi performance.

That’s because these devices will have to throttle the performance, so the device doesn’t overheat or, in a worse case scenario, catch fire.
Which is why it’s wise to limit the number of wireless client devices that are connected to the WiFi adapter, while making sure that the demanding devices are connected via Ethernet cable.

Thermal management of a WiFi extender (with an Ethernet port).

But I want to connect demanding client devices!

I am not going to say that you can’t, but you do need to buy more expensive devices. That’s because that Fast Ethernet AC1200 WiFi extender is not going to cut it. Let’s say you do use a more powerful WiFi extender, such as the Rock Space AX1800 or a converted modern AP (or OpenWRT router), and you want to connect a gaming PC via Ethernet cable. Since I tested this WiFi extender, I know that it can reach the necessary speed without much trouble, but I would still be aware of other particularities that make a WiFi connection less viable (such as interference).

Source: Photo by cottonbro

The idea is that you can use a more demanding device with a powerful WiFi extender, but not so much with the older or cheaper ones. But what about an Ethernet switch for additional client devices? It can work, but again, be aware that the connection between the router and the WiFi extender is not as reliable as a cabled one. Also, more devices means more power from the chip and, when paired to the crammed components design, it could result in an unfortunate amount of throttling.

What about powerline adapters?

This is an interesting approach that I am sure a lot of people want to try for themselves. You connect a powerline adapter next to the router, another next to the WiFi adapter so, instead of relying on the WiFi connection, you use powerline to extend the coverage.

Powerline adapter system.

It’s actually pretty clever, but there are some drawbacks. First, it’s the very nature of the powerline technology because it relies on the existing circuits to move data and, if the house is old, the adapters will have to jump through multiple circuits, so you may get a very unstable speed performance. Also, be aware that a lot of powerline adapters have WiFi built into one of the units, so you don’t really need to rely on a separate device for that – some even have multiple Ethernet ports.

Connecting the WiFi extender to a router using an Ethernet cable

This is a very good approach since it removes all the disadvantages that you get when the connection is made via WiFi. No more interference and the bandwidth is no longer halved. Also, congratulations, you now have an access point. As a side note, make sure to check that the WiFi extender actually supports Ethernet backhaul because some do not.

Mark B

Mark is a graduate in Computer Science, having gathered valuable experience over the years working in IT as a programmer. Mark is also the main tech writer for MBReviews.com, covering not only his passion, the networking devices, but also other cool electronic gadgets that you may find useful for your every day life.

Wi-Fi Router Antenna Cable, coaxial, to socket

Wi-Fi Extender is a special device that works on the principle of a standard antenna, which helps to bypass signal obstacles. A Wi-Fi extender can be used to amplify the signal in combination with a laptop and a router. Such devices will allow you to well extend the distance of the Internet signal, increase speed and work anywhere in the room. An extension cable for a Wi-Fi router is inexpensive, you can simply plug it in and get high-quality amplification. In addition, if desired, they do it independently. The control of the equipment is quite simple, there should not be any problems with the work.

Contents

Causes of poor signal
Amplifiers
Wi-Fi extender
Choice for home
Advantages and disadvantages

Causes of poor

Incorrect installation of the router at home or in the office greatly affects the quality of the signal, which accepts a laptop, smartphone or tablet. Regardless of the number of antennas and their power on the router, a large number of obstacles can greatly degrade the network connection speed with equipment.

The following factors affect the quality of wireless communication in the home network:

Incorrect installation of the router in the room.
The presence of household appliances with strong signals in different ranges. The location of the microwave oven, which gives maximum interference, has a very big influence.
A large number of walls and partitions made of concrete or brick.

Please note! Doors, cabinets and other interior items have a small effect on signal quality.

As you can see and understand from the description of the influencing factors, interference in the room has the maximum effect on the signal. It is especially difficult for him to break through concrete blocks and walls. However, the cases presented are only for the home intranet.

There are a few subtleties in the case of public hotspots and networks. The main thing is the need to register the network legally. It is necessary to obtain a license to install equipment and constantly monitor the level of the electromagnetic field in structures.

Both at home and in public places, the best way to improve signal quality is to use antennas and amplifiers. For the best installation, it is recommended to use an extension cable for a Wi-Fi router.

Amplifiers

There are two ways to help amplify the Wi-Fi signal of a router or modem – software and hardware.

How to make a 4G signal amplifier for your smartphone with your own hands

You can start with hardware, since they are considered the most effective ways. These include the following equipment, which has the ability to extend and improve the signal with better capture without interfering with system and software settings:

Repeaters;
Antennas;
Reflectors;
Routers.

Important! The principle of operation of the listed equipment is to influence electromagnetic waves, which actually improves and amplifies the received signal.

There are special amplifiers that plug directly into a power outlet or via a USB cable to a router. Which one to choose is up to the user to decide.

The positive side of hardware equipment to improve the signal is the ability to increase the speed of the Internet for all devices that are connected to the home network.

As for the first method, software, today there is no program that could really improve the quality of the received signal on the phone. There are special applications that allow you to control the quality of communication, that is, they directly transmit data to the user about the level of the received signal. That is, with their help, you can choose a place with the best level of communication. Some programs may automatically switch to the station with the best information rate. On this, the possibilities of such software methods are exhausted.

To choose the best Internet signal booster for your phone, tablet or any other device at home, you need to know the main differences and types of equipment presented. Such devices can be external and internal, active and passive, have repeaters or just an antenna connected directly to the router.

All amplifiers are divided into the following two types according to their parameters and characteristics:

Active. Such devices work using a signal amplification method that uses amplifying equipment (repeaters, amplifiers, repeaters, etc.).
Passive. This type is a way to amplify the communication signal, in which there is no active amplifying device (based on the use of various types of antennas and a passive repeater).

Wi-Fi extender

Important! Wi-Fi cable can be damaged very easily. It is recommended to handle it carefully.

Varieties and specifications of 3G antennas

As for extension cords, unlike the above amplifiers, they work in a slightly different way. To make it easier to recognize and understand the nature of their operation, you should know that their operation does not require a special Wi-Fi cable as such. It is more often used in amplifiers.

The extension cable is able to function much more elegantly and simply. In a specific case, the device transmits a good signal from one part of the room to another, but it should not be located directly in the region of the maximum effective distance of the router. The principle is fundamentally different from the antenna method.

Extension cords only use electrical wiring that is used in a building or structure. These wires transmit a signal from the distributing Wi-Fi equipment. In this case, you need to manually connect one part of the extension cord to an electrical outlet near the router, and the other in the place where you want to improve the connection quality. That is, in a place where the user plans to do work or entertainment on the Internet. In addition, you can connect any device directly using the Ethernet port.

As can be seen from the diagram, one part of the extension cable needs to be connected in the children’s room near the router, and the second part – in the kitchen electrical outlet, where the user spends a lot of time on the global network.

Please note! However, like any other device, the extension cord has negative qualities. The most noticeable among them is the low level of signal reliability and stability.

You can have a video chat conversation at high speed, and after a few seconds, the connection may be disconnected, which is disappointing.

Choice for the home

Do-it-yourself 3G modem signal amplification – how to make an antenna

Any type of equipment that improves the signal quality is suitable for the home. The main thing is to build on ease of use. For example, all kinds of antennas and amplifiers need to be properly installed to work effectively. In addition, a lot of wires should go from them to the laptop for connection. This brings its own inconvenience and discomfort.

The use of extensions is quite another matter. They work on the principle of relaying a signal over an electrical network. That is, one part of the device is plugged into an outlet in one room, and the other in the second room. This is how the system works. This connection eliminates unnecessary cables around the house. However, you will have to sacrifice the stability of the connection, as the transfer fails quite badly.

The criteria for selecting devices can be distinguished as follows:

The first and most basic in the selection is the price of the device. Both the first category for strengthening the connection and the second, working by the extension method, have approximately the same equipment cost. Good and high-quality models start at $30.
In addition, you should consider all of the above factors and decide which equipment is most suitable for use in each specific case. For example, the amplifier category works by increasing the Wi-Fi transmission distance. The category of extension cords has a different method of operation, that is, they transfer the signal to a completely different part of the room or structure.

Advantages and disadvantages

Extenders have the following advantages:

The ability to transfer the signal to another part of the building without the use of extra wires, antennas and directional devices.
High connection speed, visually almost indistinguishable from a direct Wi-Fi connection.
Relatively affordable kit price.
There is no excessive clogging of the air and the room with unnecessary frequency bands.

Negative qualities are:

Low connection stability.
Large influence of various interferences on the connection. Even an ordinary microwave oven can have a high effect on the signal.

Please note! Wi-Fi connection extension cable is used for high-quality communication transfer from one point of the building to another. For functioning, only the presence of sockets near the router and a laptop that receives the Internet is necessary.

The device allows high-quality signal transmission over long distances with almost no loss in speed.

Podgornov Ilya Vladimirovich All articles of our site are audited by a technical consultant. If you have any questions, you can always ask them on his page.

what it is and how to install it

At home, most people use the Internet using a Wi-Fi network. The wireless connection method has a number of disadvantages. The main disadvantage is that it is far from always possible to achieve a stable signal. To fix this problem, you can use a special Wi-Fi antenna extension cable. This device will help to amplify the transmitted signal and thereby expand Wi-Fi coverage. Before using such a device, you need to familiarize yourself with its main features, the nuances of choosing and using it at home.

Wi-Fi extender – used to extend the coverage of a wireless network

Causes of poor signal quality

Every person who uses a Wi-Fi network on a daily basis should know the main reasons for poor signal reception. Therefore, before you buy yourself a Wi-Fi cable, you need to figure out why the Internet began to work poorly. There are several common reasons why reception may deteriorate significantly.

Incorrect router location

Routers from TP-Link, D-Link or Xiaomi must be installed in the most suitable places for this. This advice is especially relevant if budget models were purchased.

The wireless network is an almost perfect circle with the source of the transmitted signal in the center. To cover the maximum amount of space, you need to install a router in the central part of the apartment. In this way, it will be possible to ensure that the signal penetrates into each room.

Important! Most often, people install routers in the corridor. In such cases, you do not have to buy a cable for a Wi-Fi antenna and signal amplification.

Installed near a microwave oven

Microwave ovens – impair Wi-Fi signal transmission

There are times when people have to place the router literally a few meters from the microwave oven. Actually, you shouldn’t do that. Microwaves have a negative effect on the operation of routers. The signal quality will deteriorate several times immediately after turning on the oven.

The fact is that in the process of operation it emits waves that interrupt the signal of the router. Even a Wi-Fi extender will not help to solve such a problem. The only way to remedy the situation is to install the router in another place, at a distance of at least ten meters from the microwave.

Lots of concrete or brick walls

Many people have problems with Wi-Fi signal strength precisely because of the obstacles created by brick and concrete walls. They interfere with the signal and create resistance, which leads to deterioration of the wireless network. The more such obstacles in the path of the radio signal, the worse the quality of communication.

Additional information! To remedy the situation, you can install a router opposite the doorway.

Weak router power

Some people buy budget devices and are surprised that they cannot provide a quality wireless network with their help. In fact, this is not surprising, since cheap routers have rather weak power and cannot transmit a signal over long distances.

Only a Wi-Fi extension cable will help to correct the situation, which is able to amplify the transmitted signal several times.

Wi-Fi extender

Before buying an extender, you need to figure out what it is and what exactly it is used for.

Wi-Fi Router Extender is a wire with an additional antenna that connects to the router in order to increase its range and improve data transfer speed. There are several types of extension cords that are most often used at home.

Active

Repeaters – Wireless devices for extending the Wi-Fi zone

The extension cable does not have to be wired. The fact is that there are special wireless devices that allow you to expand the coverage area and provide access to Wi-Fi even in the back rooms of an apartment or a private house. We are talking about repeaters and repeaters.

Repeaters are separate electronic devices that are powered by a wall outlet. The principle of operation of these devices is quite simple. They receive a signal from the router and broadcast it further. Due to this, it is possible to significantly improve the performance of the wireless network.

The repeater creates a circular coverage area around itself. Its radius can reach 20-25 meters. If there are not a lot of obstacles around, it will be possible to extend Wi-Fi by 30 meters.

Power strips may differ from each other:

power;
complete set;
dimensions.

Additional information! Owners of large private houses may need several repeaters at once.

Passive

Omni-directional antenna – will help you maximize network coverage

Passive include special Wi-Fi antennas connected by cable. Such devices are also considered very effective, as they will help expand the coverage area and make sure that the Internet is in all corners of the apartment.

These extensions are divided into two subcategories:

Omnidirectional. They function according to the standard principle, when the signal propagates in space in the form of a circle. This is very convenient if you need to provide coverage in several rooms at once.
Directed. They only work in one direction and are therefore not suitable for extending a wireless network over a large area.

Passive models may also differ in how they are installed. Some devices are installed on the router, others are placed outside it. Choosing the best way to install a Wi-Fi extender largely depends on the location of the router. If it stands in the center of the apartment, you can install the device directly on it.

Home Choice

It is recommended to purchase extension cords with an external power supply

Many people find it difficult to choose an extension cord to further improve wireless signal transmission. Before proceeding with the choice, you need to decide which type of device is better to buy.

Active models are especially popular. This is not surprising, since they take up little space and do not need to be connected to a cord. It is the absence of wires that attracts people the most. They are also easy to set up using a special mobile application.

Despite all the above features of adaptive extensions, some people still prefer to use passive models. When choosing them, special attention should be paid to the length of the cable. To determine the optimal cord length, you need to figure out in advance exactly where the extension cord will be installed. If it is near the router, you won’t need a very long cable. However, sometimes you have to place it at a distance of several meters. In this case, you will need a longer Wi-Fi antenna extension cable.

Important! When choosing a device, be sure to read the user comments. With their help, it will be possible to determine how well the extension cord works for people who have already purchased it.

Advantages and disadvantages

If there is no Wi-Fi reception at all, then the device is in the “dead zone”

Extenders, like most other electronic devices, have a number of advantages and disadvantages. Among the main advantages are the following:

Wireless extension. The main advantage can be considered that with the help of extension cords it is possible to really improve the signal quality. By connecting such devices to the router, the Wi-Fi coverage area increases several times.
Internet speed improvement. By improving the quality of signal reception, data transfer is accelerated on PCs, laptops and smartphones that are connected to Wi-Fi.
Elimination of “dead zones”. Routers are not always able to provide coverage for the entire apartment, which is why so-called “dead zones” appear. They completely lack a signal and access to the Internet. Using Wi-Fi extenders for the router allows you to deal with this problem.

Among the shortcomings, only the high cost of such devices can be distinguished. Also, the disadvantages include the connection of additional wires. However, this only applies to passive models.

DIY

Copper wire – ideal for making homemade antennas

Some people don’t want to buy extension cords and want to make their own.

Panasonic camcorders 4k: Professional Camera Recorders Line-up | Broadcast and Professional AV

Опубликовано: April 28, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

Panasonic HC-X2 & HC-X20 4K 1.0″-type Sensor Camcorders

Panasonic has announced its new HC-X2 and HC-X20 4K 1.0″-type Sensor Camcorders at IBC 2022.

These two new 4K 1.0″-type sensor models are being targeted at users who are working in fast-paced environments such as news and live events. Both cameras include a 20x optical zoom with a 24.5mm wide-angle capability, up to 10-bit 4:2:0 UHD 4K60 and 10-bit 4:2:2 4K30 internal recording, Face Detection Autofocus, Auto Exposure, HEVC recording, livestreaming, built-in Wi-Fi, and dual XLR audio inputs.

HC-X2 Key features

Up to UHD 4K60 Video with Live Streaming
15MP 1″ MOS Sensor, 5-Axis Hybrid OIS+
Built-In Wi-Fi & Ethernet; HDMI/SDI Out
XLR Audio Inputs; Timecode In/Out
20x Optical Zoom, 4K 24x/HD 32x i.Zoom
Built-In ND Filters, 120 fps Slow Motion
Up to 10-Bit UHD 4K60 4:2:0 & 4K30 4:2:2
Records MP4, MOV, AVCHD to Dual SD Slots
Wide 25. 4mm Lens, 3.5″ LCD Display
High-Speed AF with Face Detection

HC-X20 Key features

Up to UHD 4K60 Video with Live Streaming
15MP 1″ MOS Sensor, 5-Axis Hybrid OIS+
20x Optical Zoom, 4K 24x/HD 32x i.Zoom
Built-In Wi-Fi, 120 fps Slow Motion
Handle with 2 x XLR Audio Inputs
Built-In ND Filters, Wired Remote Option
Up to 10-Bit UHD 4K60 4:2:0 & 4K30 4:2:2
Records MP4, MOV, AVCHD to Dual SD Slots
Wide 25.4mm Lens, 3.5″ LCD Display
High-Speed AF with Face Detection

There are multiple recording modes you can choose from, including HEVC recording, high bit-rate options up to 200Mb/s UHD 4K60 in Long GOP 10-bit 4:2:0 MOV, 100Mb/s UHD 4K60 in Long GOP, 4:2:0 10 bit, MP4, and variable frame rates (VFR) ranging from 2 to 120 fps.

The HC-X2 and the HC-X20 offer greater resolution than earlier Panasonic AG and HC models beacuse of the inclusion of a 1.0″-type, 15MP sensor. They also feature the ability to record in V-Log and they have professional interfaces such as interfaces like SDI and LAN. This allows them to be integrated into live productions along with other cameras. The RJ45 GbE (Gigabit Ethernet) port can provide a network connection using a router and the USB port can be linked to your smartphone or tablet for tethering.

An integrated Wi-Fi module on the X2 and the X20 offers both camera control and livestreaming at resolutions up to 1080p60 using a separately available mobile router. Use your tablet with the downloadable HC ROP app for wireless control of up to eight cameras.

The HC-X2 also features a BNC timecode in/out and it can output SDI and HDMI simultaneously. It is important to note that only the EVF or the LCD screen will work when outputting SDI and HDMI simultaneously. They both can’t be used.

Both cameras feature dual card slots and the option to relay, or simultaneous record to two cards at once. With the X2 you can do dual codec recording where footage can be recorded simultaneously in UHD 4K and full HD (50 Mb/s) or full HD (100 Mb/s or higher).

The HC-X2 and HC-X20 can both record in HDR and HLG and Panasonic claims they have a dynamic range of 13 stops when using V-log.

Autofocus (AF) is available in all resolutions and frame rates and there is improved Face Detection AF and tracking. The in-built lens on both models features individual focus, iris, and zoom rings. The focus can also be set to Nonlinear, Linear, and Set modes. Nonlinear matches the focus movement to the speed with which you rotate the focus ring. Linear adjusts the focus at a constant speed and you can use Set for selecting a focus when in Linear mode. There is also face detection AF, color peaking, and 1-touch AF when using manual mode.

5-axis Electronic Image Stabilization (EIS) and Optical Image Stabilization (OIS) are also available. The three available modes available: Normal (standard), Stable (for fixed frame shots), and Pan/Tilt.

As you would expect, both cameras feature built-in clear and three ND filters (1/4, 1/16, 1/64).

Both cameras feature a 3. 5″ touchscreen LCD monitor and a color OLED viewfinder.

Built-in video assist tools include a waveform, vectorscope, zebra, a horizon level, adjustable luminance levels, and flash-band correction.

As far as audio is concerned, there are dual XLR audio inputs with selectable 48v phantom power/mic/line options, 24-bit linear PCM recording, and independent level control for each channel, onscreen display levels, and a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack

There is also an IR mode you can use that can be assigned to a user button. This allows you to shoot in very dark conditions where there is almost no light.

According to Panasonic, you can get around 7.5 hours of recording time with the X2 and 9 hours for the X20 when using the 86Wh AG-VBR118 battery.

The HC-X2 retails for $3,199.99 and it is now available to pre-order. The HC-X20 retails for $2,599.99 USD.

By Matthew Allard ACS

Matthew Allard is a multi-award-winning, ACS accredited freelance Director of Photography with over 30 years’ of experience working in more than 50 countries around the world.

He is the Editor of Newsshooter.com and has been writing on the site since 2010.

Matthew has won 48 ACS Awards, including five prestigious Golden Tripods. In 2016 he won the Award for Best Cinematography at the 21st Asian Television Awards.

Matthew is available to hire as a DP in Japan or for work anywhere else in the world.

Panasonic HC-X2 4K Camcorder – Grandy’s Camera

Description
FAQs
Reviews

The Panasonic HC-X2 4K Camcorder Feature’s a large 1″ 15.03MP 4K sensor. The X2 features a compact handheld camcorder body with plenty of customizable control buttons for quickly accessing essential functions. This effective 1″ MOS Sensor (15.03MP) combines ideal depth of field with balanced image quality and sensitivity. It supports HLG/V-log (13 stops) and HDR shooting and provides images without cropping in all modes. , the X2 features an Ethernet and a Wi-Fi connection for LAN streaming and wireless camera control. It supports RTMP (Real Time Messaging Protocol), the protocol used when streaming with Adobe Flash, and it is RTSP/RTP/RTMP/RTMPS compatible using H.264/MPEG-4 AVC/AAC-LC compression. It supports streaming distribution of RTMP-compatible content, such as live video distribution services, and it records (with modes below FHD) onto SD cards in the camera is also possible while streaming. HDR is an image display technology that provides a wider brightness range (dynamic range) than conventional SDR. The X2 supports V-Log/V-Gamut, which is also equipped in Panasonic cinema cameras VARICAM and LUMIX. It can work in USB or wired/wireless LAN tethering mode to use a computer for live streaming to applications such as YouTube or Facebook for live streaming. A 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi module is built-in, so there is no need to purchase a separate wireless LAN module. Wi-Fi connection is possible using only the main unit. The 4-Drive Lens System simultaneously and independently drives 4 lens groups (group 2, iris, group 3, group 4). The lens size and drive range for each of the 4 groups can be efficiently suppressed to optimize image quality and zoom power, maintaining a compact body. In addition to Optical Image Stabilization (O.I.S.), Electronic Image Stabilization operates to detect and correct handshake in the 5-axis direction, including rotational blurring. This provides powerful correction in unstable situations, such as low-angle and high-angle shooting.

There are three modes to choose from: NORMAL (standard), STABLE (effective for fixed-frame shooting) and PAN/TILT (effective in panning and tilting). HDMI outputs up to 3840 x 2160 UHD 4K 4:2:2 10-bit and 3G-SDI outputs 1920 x 1080 FHD 4:2:2 10-bit, high image quality output, compatible with various applications and recorders.

The X2 supports timecode in/out so it can easily fit into multi-camera productions. Provided with Face Detection to precisely capture subjects onsite free from out of focus problems and insufficient exposure. Auto Focus is easily possible with just a touch on the LCD panel. You can also change this to Auto Iris and Brightness Display on the screen. Measures brightness at the center and displays numerical data. The contours of subjects in focus are colored for display emphasis. By One Press AF, This function temporarily activates Auto Focus when shooting in Manual mode. ND filters are built into the lens to suppress the amount of incident light and filters can be selected (1/4, 1/16, 1/64, or Clear) to match the shooting environment.

The optical 20x zoom lens features an optical zoom of 20x, a 24x maximum digital i.Zoom range in UHD 4K, and a maximum 32x digital i.Zoom in 1080p. HD mode achieves a super-slow-motion effect with a maximum 120 fps or 100 fps. It supports high-quality 10-bit recording in FHD mode. Two XLR inputs with switchable 48V phantom power supply/MIC/LINE. In MOV mode, 24-bit linear PCM recording delivers high resolution sound quality. When the filter is turned OFF, commercially available IR lights can be used for shooting in dark places The 3.5mm LCD touchscreen monitor can be constantly displayed even when viewing the tiltable EVF.

The camera features multiple professional assist functions such as Waveform monitor, Vector scope, Zebra, Flash Band detection and correction, Luminance level adjustment, Level gauge and many more other functions. The camera is powered using a high-capacity AG-VBR series battery. Double SD card slots are provided to enable unlimited relay recording by simply changing SD cards and allows the use of various recording systems to ensure high recording reliability.

Panasonic HC-X2 Specs

Imaging

Sensor Resolution	Effective: 15. 03 Megapixel
Image Sensor	1″-Type MOS
Image Stabilization	Optical in Integrated Lens, 5-Axis (Video Only) Digital
Built-In ND Filter	Mechanical Filter Wheel with Clear, 2-Stop (1/4), 4-Stop (1/16), 6-Stop (1/64) ND Filters
Capture Type	Stills & Video

Exposure Control

Shutter Type	Electronic Global Shutter
Shutter Speed	1/8000 to 1/6 Second
Precise Scan Rate Control	No
Minimum Illumination	0. 2 Lux at 1/30 Shutter Speed
White Balance	2000 to 15,000K Presets: ATW, Auto

Lens

Focal Length	8.8 to 176mm (35mm Equivalent Focal Length: 24.5 to 490mm)
Optical Zoom Ratio	20x
Max Digital Zoom	32x ( in 1080p) 24x ( in UHD 4K)
Maximum Aperture	f/4. 5
Minimum Aperture	f/2.8
Minimum Focus Distance	Not Specified by Manufacturer
Filter Size	67 mm
Control Rings	Focus Zoom Iris
Focus Control	Autofocus Manual Focus

Video Capture

Internal Recording Modes	MOV 4:2:0 10-Bit UHD 4K (3840 x 2160) from 2 to 59. 94 fps [100 to 200 Mb/s VBR] MOV 4:2:0 8-Bit UHD 4K (3840 x 2160) from 2 to 59.94 fps [150 to 150 Mb/s VBR] MOV 4:2:2 10-Bit UHD 4K (3840 x 2160) from 2 to 59.94 fps [150 Mb/s VBR] 1920 x 1080p from 2 to 59.94/100 fps [50 to 200 Mb/s VBR] 1920 x 1080i at 50/59.94 fps [50 Mb/s VBR] MP4 4:2:0 10-Bit UHD 4K (3840 x 2160) at 23.98/25/29.97/50/59.94 fps [72 to 100 Mb/s VBR] MP4 4:2:0 8-Bit UHD 4K (3840 x 2160) at 23.98/25/29.97 fps [72 Mb/s VBR] 1920 x 1080p at 23.98/50/59.94 fps [50 Mb/s VBR] AVCHD 4:2:0 8-Bit 1920 x 1080p at 23.98/29.97/50/59.94 fps [17 to 25 Mb/s VBR] 1920 x 1080i at 50/59.94 fps [17 Mb/s VBR] 1280 x 720 at 50/59.94 fps [8 Mb/s VBR]
Fast-/Slow-Motion Support	Yes
Broadcast Output	NTSC/PAL
Built-In Microphone Type	Stereo
Audio Recording	AVCHD: 2-Channel 16-Bit 48 kHz MP4: 2-Channel 16-Bit 48 kHz AAC Audio MOV: 2-Channel 24-Bit 48 kHz
IP Streaming	H. 264, MP4, RTMP, RTMPS, RTP, RTSP 320 x 180 to 1920 x 1080 at 24p, 30p, 50p, 59.94p, 60p (0.5 to 24.00 Mb/s)

Still Image Capture

Image Sizes	16:9 DCF / EXIF / JPEG 3840 x 2160 1920 x 1080 1280 x 720
Aspect Ratio	16:9
Image File Format	JPEG

Interface

Media/Memory Card Slot	Dual Slot: SD/SDHC/SDXC (UHS-I)
Video I/O	1 x HDMI Output 1 x BNC (3G-SDI) Output
Audio I/O	2 x XLR 3-Pin Microphone (+48 V Phantom Power) Input 1 x 1/8″ / 3. 5 mm TRS Stereo Headphone Output
Power I/O	1 x Barrel (11.4 to 12.6VDC) Input
Other I/O	1 x 2.5 mm Sub-Mini Input 1 x USB-C Input 1 x BNC (Timecode) Input/Output
Wireless	Wi-Fi (802.11b/g), Wi-Fi 4 (802.11n)

Global Positioning (GPS, GLONASS, etc. )	None

Monitor

Size	3.5″
Resolution	2,760,000 Dot
Display Type	Articulating LCD

Viewfinder

Type	Built-In Electronic (OLED)
Size	0. 39″
Resolution	1,770,000 Dot

Focus

Focus Type	Auto and Manual Focus
Focus Mode	Automatic, Manual Focus

General

Battery Type	Panasonic AG-VBR Series
Accessory Mount	1 x Cold Shoe Mount
Dimensions (W x H x D)	6. 8 x 7.7 x 13.5″ / 17.3 x 19.5 x 34.4 cm (With Protrusions)
Weight	5.49 lb / 2.49 kg

What payment methods you are offering?

As of now we are accepting orders via Credit Card / Debit Card, Google Pay and Shop Pay.

What is your refund policy and how long it take to receive refund?

We don’t accept returns based on change of mind. Also, we process refund right away and refund will be settled within 10 business days.

When my order will be shipped?

We are using FedEx as trusted courier company. Order will be shipped within 2 business days and delivered within 5-7 business days depending on delivery location. All orders must pass through our review system, just to prevent online frauds. Sometime review process takes upto 48 hours. In that case, order can be shipped only after receiving final approval from Review Team which may take upto 3-4 business days to update tracking details for the order.

Do I have to pay any additional charges to receive my product?

No, all charges are covered in the final purchase price to receive product like custom duty, VAT and/or any additional charges in UK and in most EU Countries.

Where can I contact to file loss of shipment complaint?

We are using FedEx. In the case of loss of shipments, customers need to contact FedEx on their customer support number.

FedEx : 03456 07 08 09, +44 24 76 706 660

Are you authorized reseller of all listed products?

We are selling imported products on our website which are 100% genuine. There is no difference in the product whether you buy from us or from authorized reseller except warranty.

Sold Out

Sold Out

4K and Full HD Camcorders

We use cookies to improve the performance and efficiency of the site. By clicking ACCEPT or continuing to browse the site, you consent to the processing of cookies and user data in accordance with the cookie policy.
ACCEPT

AddedRemoved

Sort by

RecommendationsNew

4K mobile recording 60pHC-X2000EE

Professional 4K camcorder with 25mm wide-angle lens, 24x optical zoom and high-precision autofocus system, supporting many professional features

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

Flexible shooting options in 4K quality 60pHC-X1500EE

4K Ultra HD camcorder with 25mm wide-angle lens, 24x optical zoom, high-precision focusing system and many professional features

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-MDh4

Professional Full HD shoulder rest camcorder with built-in LED light, large MOS sensor and 20x zoom lens

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-VXF1EE

4K Ultra HD camcorder with superior low-light performance, LEICA Dicomar 25mm wide-angle lens, 24x optical zoom and EVF

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-VX1EE

4K Ultra HD camcorder with superior low light performance, LEICA Dicomar 25mm wide angle lens, 24x optical zoom

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-V800EE

Full-HD low-light performance camcorder with LEICA Dicomar 25mm wide-angle lens (24p recording) with 24x optical zoom

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-X1

Professional 4K camcorder with 24mm wide-angle lens, 20x optical zoom, 1. 0 (inch) type sensor, supporting many professional features

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-VXF990

4K Ultra HD camcorder with electronic viewfinder (EVF), 20x LEICA Dicomar lens, Cinema Effect

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-VX980

Wireless Multi-Camera 4K Ultra HD Camcorder with LEICA Dicomar Lens, 20x Zoom and HDR Movie Function

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-V380

Wireless Multi-Camera Full HD Camcorder with 90x Intelligent Zoom and Image Straightening

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-V770EE

Full-HD camcorder with 4-motor lens system, wireless twin camera, 20x optical zoom and Movie HDR for the highest image quality

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-V760EE

Full-HD camcorder with 4-motor lens system, 20x optical zoom, Movie HDR and Image Straightening for the highest image quality

Black

White

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-V270EE

90x Intelligent Zoom Full HD Camcorder with Image Leveling, 5-Axis Hand-Shake Detection, Built-in Wi-Fi and NFC

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-V260EE

90x Intelligent Zoom Full HD Camcorder with Image Straightening and 5-Axis Hand-Shake

Black

White

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

HC-X1000EE

4K Ultra HD camcorder with 4K 60p/50p video capability, 20x LEICA Dicomar lens and professional features

Add to wishlistRemove from wishlist

TVs

OLED TVs

LED TVs

Accessories

Audio systems

Music centers

Radio and tape recorders

Headphones

Wireless

Wired

Technics DJ

Mirrorless cameras

LUMIX S (Full frame)

LUMIX G (MFT)

LUMIX Modular Cinema Cameras

Lenses

LUMIX S

Lumix G

Compact cameras

Premium compacts

Superzoom and bridge

Protected

Camcorders

4K and Full HD Camcorders

Accessories

Accessories for Lumix S

Accessories for Lumix G

Camcorder accessories

Phones

Cell phones

DECT phones

Wired telephones

Accessories

Consumables

Digital baby monitors

Collection Series

Kitchen appliances

bread makers

Meat grinders

Kettles, thermo pots

Juicers, blenders, mixers

Mini ovens

Food processors

Refrigerators

microwaves

Steam convection ovens

Beauty Devices

Hair dryers and curlers

Epilators

Shavers & Trimmers

electric shavers

Hair clippers and trimmers

oral care

Dental Products

Accessories

Air purifiers

irons

Room air conditioners

VRF systems

Batteries

Batteries

Special batteries

eneloop batteries and chargers

eneloop batteries

Eneloop chargers

We use cookies to improve the performance and efficiency of the site. By clicking ACCEPT or continuing to browse the site, you consent to the processing of cookies and user data in accordance with the cookie policy.
ACCEPT

Panasonic

video cameras

Price, ₸

Features

E Image 0

Fancier 0

Jupio 0

Panasonic 0

Product type

Battery 0

Camcorder 0

Bag/backpack/case 0

Clean filter

Canon Camcorders

Panasonic camcorders

Sony

camcorders

by name

by popularity

by price

at the price of

In the cart

Availability
Under the order

In the cart

Availability
In stock

Quantity
1 piece left

In cart

Availability
In stock

Quantity
1 piece left

In cart

Availability
Under the order

In the cart

Availability
In stock

Quantity
1 piece left

In cart

Availability
In stock

Quantity
left 4 pcs.

Lego sets cars: LEGO® Car Toys & Sets

Опубликовано: April 27, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

LEGO® Car Toys & Sets

LEGO® Car Toys & Sets

Find your kid’s dream car!

Have you stalled in your search for your next ultra-detailed LEGO® set? Then let us help you find the supercar (or super car) that’s best suited to your child’s personality!

Spot the Difference

Fast & Furious Dodge Charger

Spectacular, realistic LEGO® Technic™ details for advanced builders

Shop now

Dodge Charger from Fast & Furious

Perfect for young fans of the classic film franchise

Shop now

Showing 112 Products

Sort by

:Recommended

Recommended

Newest

Price: Low to High

Price: High to Low

Piece Count: High to Low

Rating

A-Z

Show In Stock Only

Sets[105]

Books[4]

Easter Gifts[3]

Mothers Day Gift Ideas[2]

All Occasions[1]

Polybag[1]

$0 – $25[43]

$25 – $50[33]

$50 – $75[5]

$75 – $100[6]

$100+[25]

Batman™[2]

City[28]

Classic[1]

Creator 3-in-1[3]

Creator Expert[7]

DC[2]

Animals[2]

Boats[1]

Buildings[6]

Cars[112]

Entertainment[9]

Fantasy[2]

Add to wish list

Land Rover Classic Defender

Average rating

5

out of 5 stars

Price$14. 99

Add to wish list

2 Fast 2 Furious Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34)

Average rating

4.8

out of 5 stars

Price$24.99

Add to wish list

McLaren Solus GT & McLaren F1 LM

Average rating

4.7

out of 5 stars

Price$34.99

Add to wish list

PEUGEOT 9X8 24H Le Mans Hybrid Hypercar

Average rating

4.8

out of 5 stars

Price$199.99

Add to wish list

Hard to find

Porsche 911

Average rating

4.6

out of 5 stars

Price$169. 99

Add to wish list

2022 Ford GT

Average rating

4.1

out of 5 stars

Price$119.99

Add to wish list

Fast & Furious 1970 Dodge Charger R/T

Average rating

4.7

out of 5 stars

Price$19.99

Add to wish list

Porsche 911 RSR

Average rating

4.5

out of 5 stars

Price$179.99

Add to wish list

Bugatti Bolide Agile Blue

Price$49.99

Add to wish list

Ferrari Daytona SP3

Average rating

4. 2

out of 5 stars

Price$449.99

Add to wish list

Exclusives

Land Rover Classic Defender 90

Average rating

4.1

out of 5 stars

Price$239.99

Add to wish list

Lamborghini Countach

Average rating

4.6

out of 5 stars

Price$19.99

Add to wish list

Hard to find

Chevrolet Camaro Z28

Average rating

4.5

out of 5 stars

Price$169.99

Add to wish list

Mercedes-AMG F1 W12 E Performance & Mercedes-AMG Project One

Average rating

4. 4

out of 5 stars

Price$34.99

Add to wish list

Hard to find

Lamborghini Sián FKP 37

Average rating

4

out of 5 stars

Price$449.99

Add to wish list

McLaren Formula 1™ Race Car

Average rating

4.5

out of 5 stars

Price$199.99

Add to wish list

Exclusives

LEGO® London Bus

Average rating

4.8

out of 5 stars

Price$9.99

Add to wish list

Porsche 963

Average rating

4.9

out of 5 stars

Price$24. 99

…0000000000

Keep on truckin’

Top LEGO® Monster Truck Toys For Kids

We say kids… But whose life isn’t improved by a monster truck shark?

Learn more

Top LEGO® Car Toys for Kids and Adults

Read our definitive manual.

Learn more

Top LEGO® Police Car Toys for Kids

Fire up the nee-naws!

Learn more

Race Cars

Race Cars

Let’s Drive

General Motors trademarks used under license to the LEGO Group.

Under license of Porsche AG. Official 24 Hours of Le Mans Licensed product

Ford Motor Company Trademarks and Trade Dress used under license to the LEGO Group.

Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. trademarks, designs, copyrights and/or other intellectual property rights used under license. © Universal City Studios LLC. All Rights Reserved.

The Bugatti logo and Bugatti wordmark are trademarks of Bugatti International S.A. and are used under license.

General Motors Trademarks used under license to the LEGO Group. NASCAR® is a registered trademark of the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing, LLC.

THE DARK KNIGHT and all related characters and elements © & ™ DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. WB SHIELD: © & ™ WBEI. (s23)

Produced under license of Ferrari S.p.A. The name FERRARI, the PRANCING HORSE device, all associated logos and distinctive designs are property of Ferrari S.p.A. The body designs of the Ferrari cars are protected as Ferrari S.p.A. property under design, trademark and trade dress regulations.

© UCS LLC

Dodge, HEMI and related logos, vehicle model names and trade dress are trademarks of FCA US LLC and used under license by the LEGO Group. ©2023 FCA US LLC.

©2023 Feld Motor Sports, Inc. MONSTER JAM™, truck names, and all related logos and characters/designs are intellectual property of and used under license from Feld Motor Sports, Inc. All rights reserved.

Manufactured under license from McLaren Automotive Limited. The McLaren name and logo are registered trademarks of McLaren.

The Volvo trademarks (word and device) are registered trademarks of Volvo Trademark Holding AB and are used pursuant to a license.

Vintage Classic-Car Toy Sets | Official LEGO® Shop US

Vintage Classic-Car Toy Sets

Who doesn’t appreciate a classic? Our LEGO® Vintage Car toys recreate the style and sophistication of some of the most iconic classic cars from motorsport history. Race to the rescue in cars from the big screen, or cruise in style in classic supercars. These sets make the perfect gift for classic-car enthusiasts and feature fantastic pieces for adults to build and display, as well as sets for kids ages 6+ to play with.

Showing 112 Products

Sort by

:Recommended

Recommended

Newest

Price: Low to High

Price: High to Low

Piece Count: High to Low

Rating

A-Z

Show In Stock Only

Sets[105]

Books[4]

Easter Gifts[3]

Mothers Day Gift Ideas[2]

All Occasions[1]

Polybag[1]

$0 – $25[43]

$25 – $50[33]

$50 – $75[5]

$75 – $100[6]

$100+[25]

Batman™[2]

City[28]

Classic[1]

Creator 3-in-1[3]

Creator Expert[7]

DC[2]

Animals[2]

Boats[1]

Buildings[6]

Cars[112]

Entertainment[9]

Fantasy[2]

Add to wish list

Land Rover Classic Defender

Average rating

5

out of 5 stars

Price$14. 99

Add to wish list

2 Fast 2 Furious Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34)

Average rating

4.8

out of 5 stars

Price$24.99

Add to wish list

McLaren Solus GT & McLaren F1 LM

Average rating

4.7

out of 5 stars

Price$34.99

Add to wish list

PEUGEOT 9X8 24H Le Mans Hybrid Hypercar

Average rating

4.8

out of 5 stars

Price$199.99

Add to wish list

Hard to find

Porsche 911

Average rating

4.6

out of 5 stars

Price$169. 99

Add to wish list

2022 Ford GT

Average rating

4.1

out of 5 stars

Price$119.99

Add to wish list

Fast & Furious 1970 Dodge Charger R/T

Average rating

4.7

out of 5 stars

Price$19.99

Add to wish list

Porsche 911 RSR

Average rating

4.5

out of 5 stars

Price$179.99

Add to wish list

Bugatti Bolide Agile Blue

Price$49.99

Add to wish list

Ferrari Daytona SP3

Average rating

4. 2

out of 5 stars

Price$449.99

Add to wish list

Exclusives

Land Rover Classic Defender 90

Average rating

4.1

out of 5 stars

Price$239.99

Add to wish list

Lamborghini Countach

Average rating

4.6

out of 5 stars

Price$19.99

Add to wish list

Hard to find

Chevrolet Camaro Z28

Average rating

4.5

out of 5 stars

Price$169.99

Add to wish list

Mercedes-AMG F1 W12 E Performance & Mercedes-AMG Project One

Average rating

4. 4

out of 5 stars

Price$34.99

Add to wish list

Hard to find

Lamborghini Sián FKP 37

Average rating

4

out of 5 stars

Price$449.99

Add to wish list

McLaren Formula 1™ Race Car

Average rating

4.5

out of 5 stars

Price$199.99

Add to wish list

Exclusives

LEGO® London Bus

Average rating

4.8

out of 5 stars

Price$9.99

Add to wish list

Porsche 963

Average rating

4.9

out of 5 stars

Price$24. 99

…0000000000

comparing construction sets and their real prototypes

In 2017, the LEGO Technic line turns 40 years old. Perhaps the most useful line for children (and adults): LEGO Technic construction sets are not just toys, but a real mechanics textbook! Levers and gears, chain and cardan gears, engines and bridges – while playing, the child learns about the world around him no less than in physics lessons. We decided to make a selection of LEGO Technic sets that have real prototypes and compare them with each other. What’s cooler?

Tags:

Helicopters

Constructor

Toys

boats

beauty

The model was developed in close cooperation with Porsche AG and impresses with the accuracy of the details (moving, of course!) Opening windows, doors, trunk and hood, in the cabin – adjustable sports seats, glove box, dashboard, under the trunk lid – an amazingly detailed engine , under the hood – a place for a suitcase (and the suitcase itself). What is most striking is how the designers managed to achieve a brilliant resemblance to the original, while maintaining its smooth outlines and harsh technical component in equal measure. The assembled car looks beautiful and brutal in equal measure.

This LEGO model depicts the third generation Porsche 911 GT3 RS first shown at the 2013 Geneva Motor Show (version 991.1 GT3 RS). This year, Porsche introduced the next version, 991.2, but capturing the differences between the two in a LEGO model is relatively difficult—and unnecessary. Version 991.1 is equipped with a 4-liter 6-cylinder engine with 500 hp. and is capable of accelerating to “hundreds” in 3.3 seconds. In fact, this is the most spectacular sports car in the company’s lineup, and its racing version represents Porsche in many touring car championships.

ADVERTISING – CONTINUED BELOW

A short video about the model:

youtube

Click to watch

This model is the result of a collaboration between LEGO designers and Mercedes-Benz. The mighty truck has a built-in electric motor that allows you to control the lift. The cab of the car leans back, the doors open, the stops are extended, the wheels turn, there is an air suspension, the body rises. The main thing is that the design of all these mechanical units fundamentally repeats the design of similar units on the prototype car.

And the prototype was the Mercedes-Benz Arocs 3245 with an excavator. The Arocs line was launched by the company in 2013, it includes dozens of different configurations on several chassis options. Arocs are first and foremost “workhorses”, unlike the “long-range” Actros line; their carrying capacity ranges from 18 to 41 tons. It’s funny, but the LEGO constructor has surpassed its progenitor in popularity – at the request of “Mercedes-Benz Arocs 3245”, 9 out of 10 materials on the network will lead to the model. It’s no wonder: the Arocs is a nice but generic type of truck, but the LEGO model is the most complex truck in the history of LEGO Technic, and it’s really amazing.

The LEGO Technic Ocean Explorer set is a classic oceanographic vessel with a helipad in the bow and a bathyscaphe-capable crane in the stern. All elements that are movable on a real ship also move in the LEGO version: you can open the side to get into the hold, lower the anchor, launch a helicopter and a submarine. The set is rebuilt into a barge with a tugboat.

Generally speaking, it is this layout with a helipad in front and a crane at the stern that is most often used by vessels associated with seismographic and geological surveys. Only the latter have a drilling rig for test wells between the crane and the cabin. Close enough to the LEGO model are the seismic vessels of the Geo series, built at the shipyard of the Bergen Group. They were built in Norway in the 2000-2010s, the total length of each is 100 meters, the displacement is 12,100 tons. The family includes ships BN 165 Geo Coral, BN 162 Geo Carribean, BN 160 Geo Celtic and others. True, seismographic vessels have one more “load”: their rear deck is equipped with drums with seismic streamers, in fact, this is a tug that pulls an extensive network of seismic sensors. Perhaps in the future, such a model will appear in the LEGO Technic line 🙂

Detailed model of a tractor created in collaboration with Claas engineers. It is equipped with a Power Functions electric motor and “knows how” to control the manipulator, extend the outriggers, and also turn all four wheels at the same time. All these features correspond to the real “skills” of the Claas Xerion 5000 TRAC VC tractor. Particularly interesting is the function of turning the cab by 180 ° – the tractor is universal, and is used, in addition to working in the field, for logging and silo work, where a good view of the rear is needed. VC is just Variable Cab, the ability to change the position of the cab. As always, the controls are perfectly made, and other attachments can be assembled from the parts that make up the manipulator.

Actually, the real Claas Xerion 5000 TRAC VC tractor is the company’s top model. It has an all-wheel drive, two steered axles and an all-frame design, which allows the tractor to maintain the highest maneuverability with very large dimensions. The Xerion 5000 TRAC VC cab swivels 180°, the wheels are the same diameter for even pressure distribution on the ground, and the maximum transport speed is about 50 km/h (if you have ever trudged along a two-lane road behind a tractor, you understand this indicator).

Short video about the model:

video

Click to watch

Highly detailed model of the off-road motorcycle was developed in collaboration with BMW and repeats many of the technical solutions used in the full-size motorcycle. In particular, the model uses a BMW Telelever suspension, and when moving, a driveline and a two-cylinder boxer engine work. The motorcycle is equipped with travel bags in which you can put something.

The R1200 GS motorcycle belongs to the touring enduro class, and the GS line itself has existed under the BMW brand since 1980! In May 2009, the number of GS motorcycles exceeded 500,000, and the first BMW R1200GS was launched in 2004. The generation presented in LEGO format appeared in 2014. The motorcycle is equipped with a 125-horsepower engine with a volume of 1170 “cubes” and accelerates to 210 km / h, while maintaining the ability to ride not only on asphalt, but also on rough terrain – that is, it is still not a sportbike, but a tourist station wagon.

This model does not have a specific prototype, but allows you to understand the design of a whole class of equipment – telehandlers. This is a loader with a cabin shifted to one side of the body and a telescopic boom, most often ending in a bucket (but there are other options). The model completely repeats all possible movements of such loaders – all four wheels turn to reduce the turning radius, the boom extends, the bucket tilt angle also changes. The machine can be converted into an excavator.

Telehandlers are manufactured by many engineering companies – JCB, Merlo, Caterpillar, Dieci, Manitou. Most often they are used in construction – at the initial stage, when there is still no level ground, they serve as ordinary loaders due to their high maneuverability, and by the end of the work they are “retrained” as lifts, delivering workers to high floors, up to the 5th. In general, all telehandlers are almost identical in layout, and the LEGO model has incorporated the universal features of this kind of machine.

Note that the telehandler of a different design is included in another set – LEGO Technic Container Terminal (art. 42062).

The largest LEGO Technic set to date, and rightfully so. The fact is that bucket-wheel excavators as a class are the largest mobile machines in the world. The largest such excavator is well known – the German Bagger 293. Its height is 96 meters, length – 225 meters, weight – 14,200 tons, and each of the 18 buckets can move 15 cubic meters of rock at a time. And this gigantic car is capable of driving a short distance under its own power!

The LEGO Technic set is like that: a huge model can move, rotate, move buckets and, in general, perform all the manipulations available to its steel prototype. This is serious: if you put a pile of parts under the buckets, the excavator will pick them up and move them to the body of the dump truck (which is also included in the kit and seems very small). The main thing is that when playing, children do not try to overload real earth or stones with the help of the model – this can ruin the designer. Although, on the other hand, the model is so realistic that it is difficult to fight against the desire to pour real breed into it.

A kart is a simple racing car without a body, in fact it is just a frame made of pipes, equipped with an engine and a seat. There are also super karts that differ from karts primarily in their aerodynamic body kit (a kart is just a frame, a chassis with a minimum number of third-party elements in order to make it lighter). Most often, rather powerful engines with a volume of 250 cm3 ³ are used on superkarts, and you can also race them on long tracks, up to 1500 meters, and not on small karting tracks. Moreover, super karts often show better lap times than cars of the “older” series, for example. F3 or F4.

The model is highly detailed, the engine has moving pistons, and the steering wheel is connected to the turning front wheels. A working transmission is visible under the tilting pilot’s seat. Since such an aerodynamic body kit can be on both the map and the superkart, we can attribute the model to any of these varieties.

One of the coolest pneumatic-based LEGO Technic sets ever, authentic down to the last detail. Detailed cockpit, controls, engine and, most importantly, mechanical moving parts. The bucket moves thanks to pneumatic drives, the cabin turns, the base rotates. Optionally, the model can be retrofitted with a LEGO Power Functions electric motor, and also rebuilt into… another Volvo machine, the Volvo L30G wheel loader!

The model was made in collaboration with Volvo Construction Equipment, and it is especially interesting here that two authentic models can be assembled from one constructor – a Volvo EW 160E excavator and a Volvo L30G loader. Launched in 2016, the Volvo EW160E is a 16-tonne wheeled excavator with very high boom and body maneuverability, as well as exceptional driver comfort (this is a separate article of the company’s pride). Volvo L30G is a compact multi-purpose loader with a bucket capacity of 1m3. In general, both cars are ordinary representatives of the Volvo model range, beautiful with such technical beauty when functionality and naturalness are more important than artificial design elements.

It’s funny, but buying the LEGO Technic Volvo EW 160E set is the only way to become the owner of such cars, since neither the EW 160E nor the L30G are officially delivered to Russia (we have a range of heavier cars in demand).

video

Click and watch

In fact, this machine is called not a mining, but a mine loader, as it works in spaces limited in height and therefore has a specific layout without a cab. The rotation of such a machine is carried out using an articulated clutch, and the model also has a mobile grip for cargo.

The model depicts a hopper loader designed to pick up objects and stack them in confined spaces. In addition to the bunker, there is also a bucket type – it is easy to guess that its working body is a bucket. Mining loaders are produced by many companies, such as the Finnish company Tamrock, the Polish Fadroma, the German Paus, and so on.

LEGO auto-constructor on HOTLINE – price list

0004
Porіvnyati

4,384

UAH

3,946 – 4,999 UAH

All propositions (32)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

6 537

UAH

5 918 – 7 089 UAH

All propositions (12)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

1,851

UAH

1,599 – 2,099 UAH

All propositions (36)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

4 386

UAH

3 499 – 5 399 UAH

All propositions (42)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

15 353

UAH

13 706 – 18 499 UAH

All propositions (32)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

6 508

UAH

5 634 – 8 024 UAH

All propositions (39)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

7,096

UAH

5,698 – 8,773 UAH

All propositions (41)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

5 618

UAH

4 499 – 6 860 UAH

All propositions (40)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

18 392

UAH

15 879 – 23 999 UAH

All propositions (6)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

7 316

UAH

6 499 – 8 499 UAH

All propositions (10)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

1932

UAH

1 593 – 2 580 UAH

All propositions (38)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

704

UAH

543 – 950 UAH

All propositions (32)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

5 109

UAH

4 476 – 6 599 UAH

All propositions (31)

Change the prices

Experts to choose a good choice of goods A bouquet that is not Ziv’yane: a botanical collection of LEGO designers What to give a Harry Potter fan . .. more stats

Porіvnyati

1 873

UAH

1 559 – 2 950 UAH

All propositions (40)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

2,474

UAH

2,149 – 2,983 UAH

All propositions (36)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

3,346

UAH

2,699 – 4,419 UAH

All propositions (41)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

8 349

UAH

7 999 – 8 599 UAH

All propositions (4)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

1589

UAH

1 369 – 1 849 UAH

All propositions (35)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

330

UAH

275 – 399 UAH

All propositions (29)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

656

UAH

509 – 882 UAH

All propositions (36)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

827

UAH

724 – 1 082 UAH

All propositions (20)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

2,288

UAH

1,699 – 2,633 UAH

All propositions (8)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

6 664

UAH

5 624 – 8 199 UAH

All propositions (40)

Change the prices

Porіvnyati

7 502

UAH

6 255 – 8 773 UAH

All propositions (27)

Change the prices

Game sets

Toy cars, equipment

scale models

transformeri

Selected models

auto constructor

Volvo scale models

Ferrari scale models

navantajuwach Wader

LEGO Speed Champions

Popular requests

Lego sets baby patrolBaby diaper haggisPampersBaby diapers liberoChild sofaElectric scootersBaby reed strollerSkiln_ knapsacksBatutiChildren constructors povnyatiChild constructors inexpensiveAuto-constructor inexpensiveDynamic constructor inexpensiveCeramic constructor inexpensiveMagnetic constructor inexpensiveBlock ovy constructor inexpensiveElectronic constructor inexpensive3d constructor inexpensiveDesigner-mechanic inexpensiveSoft constructor inexpensiveAccessories inexpensive

Hotline.

Mr. coffee 12 cup replacement carafe: Mr Coffee Replacement Pot : Target

Опубликовано: April 26, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

mr. coffee – Poshmark

Home

mr. coffee

Sort By:

Mr. Coffee 12 Cup Programmable Coffee Maker with Thermal Carafe Option, Chrome

$35

$80

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

confidefashion

Mr. Coffee 12-Cup Glass Carafe Replacement Decanter- New / Open Box . Black

NWT

$22

Size: 12 cup

Mr. Coffee

drp911

mr coffee iced coffee maker

$13

$25

Size: OS

mr. coffee

hammys_closet

Mr. Coffee carafe replacement- 12 cup

$18

Size: 12 cup

Mr. Coffee

creativeposh54

General Mr. Coffee White 8-Cup Flower Coffee Pot Vintage

$20

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

luckysdaughter9

Mr. Coffee 12 Cup Replacement Decanter TD12, New In Box

NWT

$20

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

deedeea1019

Mr. Coffee Iced Tea Maker 2 Quart New in Box Sealed #TM1-RB Brewing Summer

NWT

$42

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

bluegrassed

VINTAGE Mr. Coffee 10 cup Decanter

NWT

$16

Size: UK OS

Mr. Coffee

lesli72

The Iced Tea Pot by Mr.Coffee

$20

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

aroberts112007

Mr.Coffee mugs with ceramic spoons set of 2.

$22

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

lovely_bby_jay

Mr. Coffee Thermal Coffee Pot

$13

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

psh3707

MR. COFFEE GREEN COUNTRY SCENE COLLECTOR TIN 1980s

$9

Size: OS

MR. COFFEE

brandylynnroney

NIB White Mr Coffee Iced Coffee Maker with Reusable Tumbler and Coffee Filter

NWT

$32

Size: 22 oz

Mr. Coffee

carolinalivin92

Mr. Coffee Cafe Cocoa Hot Chocolate Maker BVMC-HC5 w/ Basket

$45

Size: OS

mr. coffee

e_electrics2022

𝅺mr. COFFEE COFFEEMAKERS PROGRAMMABLE BREW NOW OR BREW LATER WITH TIMER INCLUDE

$36

$49

Size: OS

MR. COFFEE

designerbooth

Whistling Tea Kettle 1.5-Quart Stainless Steel Safe Easy Pouring Stovetop Silver

NWT

$35

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

selfmade2977

Vintage Mr. Coffee 10 cup Glass Decanter Model D-7C 1978 New White NIB

NWT

$17

Size: os

Mr. Coffee

nifty_thrifty2

Ceramic Coffee Travel Mug

$25

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

laytonya90

NEW IN BOX Mr Coffee Iced Coffee Maker

NWT

$50

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

geckogal13

$16

$18

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

christinafox13

Mr. Coffee 2015 Collector’s Series Coffee Mug With Spoon

$38

Size: 12fl oz

Mr. Coffee

tams81

Mr. Coffee iced tea maker 2 quarts TM1LJ

$25

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

obitex

Mr. Coffee 8 Cup Commercial Decaf Coffee Decanter Carafe Pot Replacement Orange

$10

Size: 8 cup

Mr. Coffee

droppoint10

Mr. Coffee iced tea maker 2 quarts TM1LJ

$25

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

obitex

NEW Mr Coffee Water Filter WF-10

NWT

$5

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

resalewthrachel

Mr. Coffee Iced Coffee Maker

NWT

$32

$45

Size: 1.4 Pound Capacity

Mr. Coffee

ndixon2009

Vintage glass diner style coffee pot with lid and flowers on side mr. coffee rep

$8

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

k_ben1122

Mr Coffee Replacement Decanter Carafe 12 Cups Glass Coffee Pot White handle

$22

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

obhiwan

Mr. Coffee Iced Coffee Maker & Reusable Tumbler

NWT

$35

$45

Size: Single Serve

Mr. Coffee

glam_mam_415

Mr. Coffee 3 Piece Espresso Maker Home Kitchen New

NWT

$25

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

resurrectionpil

Vintage 1991 Mr. Coffee 10 cup glass decanter model D-7.

NWT

$18

Size: 10 cup

Mr. Coffee

aflavin623

Vintage Mr. Coffee Brand Mug Spoon Holder Handle Green Cup with Brown Interior

$22

$35

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

bougiediva

Like New Mr. Coffee Iced Tea Pot Maker 2 Quart Pitcher TM1 Blue Steeper …

$30

$60

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

fabfindsvegas

Mr. Coffee Rapidchill Single Serve Iced Coffee Maker + Travel Cup & Reus…

NWT

$45

$65

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

fabfindsvegas

Mr. Coffee Steam Espresso and Cappuccino Maker Model ECM91 New in Sealed Box

NWT

$125

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

laurelei88

BRAND NEW! Mr Coffee 3 Qt Quarts Red Ice Iced Tea Maker Machine TM70 No Box

NWT

$75

$150

Size: 3 Quarts

Mr. Coffee

fabfindsvegas

Mr Coffee Blue 3 Qt Quarts Ice Iced Tea Maker Machine TM75

$55

$150

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

fabfindsvegas

New Mr Coffee Model D-7 Replacement Carafe Decanter 10 Cup

NWT

$18

$35

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

jamielafrenier

Mr. Coffee Frappe Maker Like New

$100

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

hapifeat

Mr Coffee 3 Qt Quart Red Iced Ice Tea Maker Machine TM70

$45

$120

Size: 3 Quart

Mr. Coffee

fabfindsvegas

Mr. Coffee Ceramic Coffee Break Cup Set of 3 Black, Cream & Brown

$22

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

normacristobal

Mr Coffee Replacement Glass Coffee Pot Carafe 10 5oz Cups White

$17

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

bdbdart

Vintage Replacement 12 Cup Mr. Coffee Carafe 1970s

$25

$30

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

deborahf707

Mr. Coffee Iced Coffee Maker – #970

$30

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

bargainsbykt

Mr. Coffee 15oz. breast cancer awareness traveling mug

$16

Size: 15oz.

Mr. Coffee

loca_71

Mr. Coffee Cafe Pub 4 Pack 9oz Irish Glass Mug Set

$25

$60

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

everlastinglook

Mr .Coffee Maker URD 13 Replacement Carafe Decanter Pot Black Handle 10-12 Cup

$12

Size: OS

Mr. Coffee

bcflfinds

MR. COFFEE Programmable Grinder Chamber with Maid Cleaning System IDS77 – NEW#

$26

$49

Size: OS

mr. coffee

oldchurchbazaar

Shop Categories

Women

Men

Kids

Home

Electronics

Pets

Handbags

Shoes

Jewelry & Accessories

Makeup

Dresses

Popular Brands

Nike

Michael Kors

Louis Vuitton

lululemon athletica

PINK Victoria’s Secret

Coach

Chanel

See All Brands »

Company

About

Our Community

Blog

FAQs

Live Shopping

Sell on Poshmark

How it works

We’re Hiring

Engineering

Press

Investors

Accessibility

Replacement Carafe – Etsy.

de
Etsy is no longer supporting older versions of your web browser in order to ensure that user data remains secure. Please update to the latest version.

Take full advantage of our site features by enabling JavaScript.

Find something memorable,
join a community doing good.

(
81 relevant results,

with Ads

Sellers looking to grow their business and reach more interested buyers can use Etsy’s advertising platform to promote their items. You’ll see ad results based on factors like relevancy, and the amount sellers pay per click. Learn more.

)

Mr Coffee 12 Cup Programmable Maker Reviews and Ratings

845Z”> Posted October 14, 2022

I don’t like it the most about coffee makers

Michael L. Lara

Level 1

798 Review

57 Karma

I use exactly this type of coffee maker Mr. Coffee has been around for many, many years. Changed several times and ALWAYS the same thing. Until now. I HATE this new one just because of the filter basket redesign. In the old days, you just tied a knot, took out the basket, poured out the used coffee grounds, and put the basket back in. NOW you need to detach the basket from the machine and then try to attach it again. There’s a tiny needle that goes into a tiny hole at the top, and an even thinner needle at the bottom that needs to be inserted into an almost invisible tiny hole at the bottom! Of course, this is not easy if: 1) you do not have a 20/20 view, 2) the room is not lit like on the podium, 3) you are tired or do not get enough sleep

View full review

Pros & cons

2-hour timeout automatically turns coffee maker off so you don’t

No form required

9 0002 972Z”> Posted on October 14, 2022

Worst coffee pot, that I have ever bought

Emmanuel C. Chouinard

1 Level

734 Review

59 Karma

Revain should test this coffee pot for health safety standards. You can get 1st or 2nd degree burns handling this very cheap pile of junk. You can not take out the hot earth. Serious design flaws. An 8 year old boy can figure out “how to fix this flaw” in less than 1 minute. basket into the coffee grounds container. You have no protection when removing hot coffee grounds. I burned myself. Now look at the mess every time you remove the coffee grounds. Because you can’t remove the hanging grounds container or coffee filter basket, hot grounds fall on your counter every time you brew coffee in this stupid coffee maker.

View full review

Pros & cons

With the Brew and Brew Pause function, you can pour a cup of coffee while it is brewing.

sad packaging

088Z”> Posted October 14, 2022

Don’t buy this. for coffee machines

Austin C. Cejudo

Guatemala, Guatemala City

1 Level

590 Review

51 Karma

After 35 years, Mr. Cuffey, I think I need to change my coffee maker. I bought this model because it matches my predecessor. I thought I would have an extra carafe if needed and I really liked this machine. We also liked the auto-off feature. Very disappointed! When filling with water, the machine sways. The filter cup does not come off easily. There are two plastic pins that need to be aligned to get it in and out. Other reviewers claim that the pins will eventually break. Filter cup with paper insert or reusable. We have both, but you still need to be able to remove the mug to clean it. It is difficult to return it after washing. This is the most frustrating way to start my day! Why do we remake a perfectly good car and make it even worse? I liked Mr. COFFEE, an inexpensive device and excellent brewing. Never ever.

View full review

Pros & cons

water port on tank for precise filling; 900W programmable coffee maker.

I don’t really like it, everything is fine

Published on October 14, 2022

Brews coffee, but there are unpleasant design flaws.

Omar C. Card

Sri Lanka, Sri Jayawardenapura Kotte

1 Level

570 Review

31 Karma

I had Mr. Kaffee, and I needed a digital one to remember to turn it off. A burnt coffee pot is no fun. I wanted another Mr. Coffee because I assumed the pot would be the same size. Now I have a spare pot. The problem is that they spoiled the area with water and territory. First, unlike my manual one, the filter goes straight to the brewery. The manual had a removable basket. This means that it is very difficult to remove the grounds from the pot. I have found that there are two plastic protrusions or “studs” that I can detach, but I suspect that the more times I do this, the more likely they are to break. It is also not weighted to stay open. You put the filter back in place and start scooping up coffee, but it wobbles on its own. This means you have to open it every time you want to ground it. It’s digital, it turns off, it works. But “fit and finish” is VERY lacking and I would look for another pot as far as I can tell…

View full review

Published October 14, 2022

Remove and reinsert the filter basket without undue force.

Bill M. Martinson

France, Paris

Level 1

601 Review

41 Karma

: 1. Raise the water inlet cover.2. Pull out the basket.3. Wrap the front and sides of the basket with your left hand.4. Gently push up until the top of the hinge lifts and the bottom comes free. Tilt the floor to the left and gently pull it down. Two hands help here.6. It must be over. Drain the water and reinstall the floor. Reinstallation: 1. Tilt the top of the basket to the right. 2. Insert the upper part of the hinge into the upper hole.3. Flatten the bottom of the basket. ***Tip*** Repeat the following part several times while you are awake! Not at 7 am when you run to work! Insert the bottom of the loop into the bottom hole. But you didn’t understand at first? Try it, it will fix itself! Don’t push the floor too far back or too far to the right. Patience, grasshopper! With daily use, it becomes much easier.5. Close shopping cart.6. Drink coffee, you deserve it! Otherwise: coffee is brewed, the coffee maker does not …

View full review

Posted October 14, 2022

Simple and reliable coffee pot for your morning coffee

Bryan C. Crayton

Australia, Can berra

Level 1

616 Review

32 Karma

I bought this coffee pot because I want to make a cheap and efficient model, I wanted to have a big cup of coffee while working from home.

Portable dehumidifier: The 3 Best Dehumidifiers of 2023

Опубликовано: April 25, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

The 3 Best Dehumidifiers of 2023

We independently review everything we recommend. When you buy through our links, we may earn a commission. Learn more›

Appliances

Small home appliances

Photo: Tim Heffernan

FYI

May 2023

If you’ve ever used the words musty, muggy, dank, fuggy, wet, mildewy, or the dreaded moist to describe the air in your home, you may need a dehumidifier.

Our pick

Midea 50 Pint Cube

The huge drainage bucket in this powerful, effective, and reliable dehumidifier means fewer trips to the sink for emptying—but also requires heavy lifting.

The Energy Star–rated, Wi-Fi–equipped Midea 50 Pint Cube is unique among 50-pint dehumidifiers in that it can collect 4 gallons of water—twice the typical amount. That means fewer trips to empty the bucket.

However, to access the bucket, you have to lift off the upper compressor unit, which weighs 38 pounds, and a full bucket itself weighs 40 pounds. If that task would be difficult for you, draining the Cube passively via a hose is an option, or you might look to our other recommendations, which require far less lifting.

The Cube performed very well in our testing, both in its ability to lower the humidity and in the quietness of its operation. And promisingly, Midea dehumidifiers receive far fewer complaints about mechanical failures than other manufacturers’ machines.

That said, the Midea app is buggy, the wireless connectivity works only with 2.4 GHz networks, and Midea customer service gets lousy reviews—though we’ve found that to be true for most dehumidifier makers.

Advertisement

Also great

Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1

Capable performance plus remote monitoring via an app make this model attractive for out-of-the-way areas, but judging from our experience, some Frigidaire dehumidifiers last only a few years.

The ability to monitor and control a dehumidifier remotely is a plus, since these machines are often used in an out-of-the-way corner of a home, such as in a storage room or basement. The Wi-Fi connectivity of the Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1 lets you monitor and control it via Frigidaire’s app (iOS and Android), and you can also sync it with Amazon Alexa and Google Home for voice control.

The app is easy to set up. We also found its alerts to be accurate, and we were able to cycle the machine through its settings with a touch of the screen.

The 2.2-gallon bucket in the FGAC5044W1 requires more frequent dumping than that of the Midea Cube, but it weighs only about 20 pounds when full, and it simply slides out, without requiring you to lift a heavy compressor unit.

Among owner reviews, the FGAC5044W1 receives more complaints of mechanical failure than the Cube does, but Frigidaire’s superior app makes this dehumidifier worthy of consideration if you value remote monitoring and control.

Also great

Frigidaire FFAD2233W1

This compact, efficient, and affordable dehumidifier is designed for smaller spaces such as bedrooms and laundry rooms.

Frigidaire’s FFAD2233W1 dehumidifier is smaller than our other picks—think carry-on bag versus suitcase—and costs far less. It’s less powerful, too. But all of that makes it a better choice for smaller spaces such as laundry rooms, where a burlier machine would be overkill.

It has Energy Star certification, comfortable pocket handles, and the same handy cord storage that the larger Frigidaire FGAC5044W1 provides.

Like most small dehumidifiers, the FFAD2233W1 lacks a pump, so you have to empty the bucket manually or place the machine where it can drain into a sink or a floor drain—which is rarely practical in a home office or a bedroom.

Everything we recommend

Our pick

Midea 50 Pint Cube

The huge drainage bucket in this powerful, effective, and reliable dehumidifier means fewer trips to the sink for emptying—but also requires heavy lifting.

Also great

Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1

Capable performance plus remote monitoring via an app make this model attractive for out-of-the-way areas, but judging from our experience, some Frigidaire dehumidifiers last only a few years.

Also great

Frigidaire FFAD2233W1

This compact, efficient, and affordable dehumidifier is designed for smaller spaces such as bedrooms and laundry rooms.

The research

Who this is for

How we picked and tested

Our pick: Midea 50 Pint Cube

Also great: Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1

Also great: Frigidaire FFAD2233W1

What to look forward to

The competition

Who this is for

If you have a cellar or basement—especially one with a persistent musty smell—you may benefit from a dehumidifier. Those spaces are prone to elevated humidity due to groundwater penetration, and humidity that’s consistently above 60% or so can promote mold, mildew, and insect infestation. Such spaces frequently lack air conditioning and heating, too, both of which help keep the air dry in the rest of the home. An inexpensive hygrometer, such as the AcuRite hygrometer we use in our testing, can help you pinpoint any suspected problem areas.

Laundry rooms can also get damp, and enclosed porches and garages can be a problem because they tend not to be sealed as well from the outside elements as the rest of a home; they may also benefit from dehumidification.

We do not recommend using dehumidifiers in bathrooms, however, because of the risk of electrical shock. It’s safer to use bathroom exhaust fans or to simply keep bathroom doors open to let the air equalize with the humidity in the rest of the home.

Using a window air conditioner or your central HVAC system to dry out your problem area is more convenient and reliable than using any dehumidifier. If possible, look at those options first.

Beyond the dehumidifier

How we picked and tested

We have always focused on condensing dehumidifiers, the most common and practical type for homeowners. These machines work by drawing air over chilled metal fins, causing water vapor in the air to condense and collect in a bucket, from which you then manually empty the water, pump it out, or passively drain it.

We have also always focused on two “sizes” of dehumidifier: those meant for keeping large or challenging spaces, like cellars, comfortably dry, and those meant for smaller and simpler spaces, such as a bedroom or laundry room. Under current Department of Energy regulations (adopted in 2019, and more reflective of typical real-world situations than earlier rules), these machines are commonly designated, respectively, as 50-pint models (for spaces of up to about 1,200 square feet) and 20-pint models (for spaces of up to around 500 square feet). The pint numbers refer to the volume of water that a dehumidifier can remove from the air over the course of 24 hours, not the capacity of its bucket.

Because the Department of Energy regulations strictly constrain performance and energy-efficiency requirements, most dehumidifiers within a given “size” category work about the same. So we consider several other factors in narrowing our choices, including the following:

Ease of setup, maintenance, and operation: Dehumidifiers are heavy, so it’s a plus if they have comfortable, sturdy handles and smooth-rolling wheels. Simple, well-lit controls are nice to have, too, as you may be running one of these machines in a dark basement.

Livability: Quiet operation is important in a dehumidifier, especially one that you’re using in a living space. Features such as built-in cord storage and easy-to-access drainage points (when you’re hooking up a hose for passive draining or removing it when the machine is not in use) make a dehumidifier less of a hassle to operate.

Owner reviews: Dehumidifiers are often asked to work around the clock for years at a time, so the long-term observations of owners is a valuable, if unscientific, record of their common experiences with a given model, both positive and negative.

Pump-equipped options: Pump-equipped dehumidifiers can send the condensed moisture upward into a sink or out a window. That feature lets you use them in almost any cellar or basement, even those lacking floor drains, and theoretically it means that you won’t ever have to manually empty the bucket. However, pumps add up-front cost, and pump failures are common. We no longer prioritize a pump option in our picks, though we do note when one is available.

We’ve tested dehumidifiers multiple times, in multiple settings, including in a pair of unsealed, chronically damp basements in Buffalo, New York, but since 2020 we’ve run the machines in a 135-square-foot (13.5 by 10 feet) basement office at Wirecutter’s Long Island City, New York, headquarters.

We use one of our humidifier picks to raise the humidity in the room, closing off the air-conditioning vents with tape and foil to minimize their effect on our readings. We then run each dehumidifier twice, once with both it and the humidifier on their highest settings, and once with each machine on low. These tests simulate, respectively, conditions in a very damp cellar after a rain event and conditions in a moderately humid living space. We run each test for an hour, during which we monitor the change in humidity using a digital hygrometer.

To get a sense of the dehumidifiers’ livability in a bedroom or a living room, we also measure their noise output from a distance of 6 feet.

Finally, we run each machine in an overnight shakedown test in the ambient conditions of our 3,100-square-foot open-floorplan basement test space to discern their extended performance and to assess their ability to reach and maintain a target humidity.

When relevant, we test the functionality and ease of installation (or lack thereof) of the apps associated with Wi-Fi–enabled models.

Our pick: Midea 50 Pint Cube

Photo: Marki Williams

Our pick

Midea 50 Pint Cube

The huge drainage bucket in this powerful, effective, and reliable dehumidifier means fewer trips to the sink for emptying—but also requires heavy lifting.

The Midea 50 Pint Cube is a solid performer that’s quieter than any other dehumidifier we’ve tried, and we’ve seen fewer reports of problems with Midea dehumidifiers relative to those from other major brands. The Cube doesn’t look or work like any other dehumidifier we’ve tested, and that’s a good thing—mostly.

The Midea Cube’s nested design gives it double the water-collecting capacity of other dehumidifiers. Photo: Marki Williams

For storage, the condenser unit sits inside the bucket, reducing the machine’s footprint. Photo: Marki Williams

The Cube offers simple controls and a very sturdy handle—which is good, because the condenser unit weighs 38 pounds. Photo: Marki Williams

The Midea Cube’s nested design gives it double the water-collecting capacity of other dehumidifiers. Photo: Marki Williams

It has greater capacity than other models. Whereas other dehumidifiers are single, self-contained machines, the Cube consists of two parts: a condenser unit and a separate bucket that it sits on top of when in use and nestles inside for storage. That design gives the Cube more than twice the typical capacity of other 50-pint dehumidifiers. It can collect 4.25 gallons of condensed water vapor, so you can go several days without needing to empty it, whereas competitors’ buckets often require daily emptying. This is a major distinction of the Cube, and we believe it adds a lot of convenience, but it can also make the Cube physically difficult to manage.

You can passively empty the Cube into a sink or a floor drain using an included clear hose (not pictured) or a length of garden hose. The included casters install easily, but at about an inch in diameter, they’re so small that they may be of little use when you’re moving the unit on the kind of uneven basement floor where dehumidifiers tend to live. Photo: Marki Williams

It has a reputation for reliability. Every other dehumidifier we’ve looked at over the years—even those we’ve made our top recommendation—has had a worrisome number of complaints about short service life and catastrophic mechanical failures. On retailer comment boards, the majority of dehumidifier owners have reported themselves as happy with their machines, but a steady 5% to 10% have reported that their dehumidifier went kaput. The Midea Cube lineup has been available for several years at this point, and reports of such failures for the Cube models are much less frequent.

It offers solid performance. The Cube reduced humidity just as well as most other 50-pint machines we tested, lowering humidity by about 13% over the course of an hour when set on high and by about 11% on low. (The humidifier we used to create a damp atmosphere was running on the same settings simultaneously.) Thanks to its daily capacity of 50 pints of moisture removal, it’s capable of drying out large spaces, up to about 1,200 square feet.

It’s energy-efficient. All of the Midea Cube dehumidifiers are Energy Star rated. That said, keep in mind that all dehumidifiers consume considerable power when their compressors are running, namely when they are removing moisture from the air. We measured the 50-pint Midea Cube at 460 watts when it was set on high.

It provides quiet operation. We measured the Cube at 51 decibels from 6 feet away with the machine’s fan on high and its compressor running. It’s the quietest 50-pint dehumidifier we’ve seen so far in our testing. When the compressor is not running, the fan emits an unobtrusive white noise, akin to that of a room fan or AC vent.

Flaws but not dealbreakers

That big bucket comes with a big “but. ” Taking full advantage of the Cube’s capacity can require a lot of fairly heavy lifting. To empty the bucket, you first have to lift the 38-pound compressor unit off. Then you have to maneuver the bucket—which also weighs nearly 40 pounds, when full of water—to wherever you can pour it out. The wide, comfortable handles help, but gravity is unforgiving. Based on our own testing and many positive owner reviews, we believe the trade-off is often worth making, but it’s not for everybody.

The casters don’t help much. The Cube comes with easy-to-install casters to help you roll it around, but they are cartoonishly small—about an inch in diameter, by our measurements—and they were of little use in our tests on uneven concrete floors, like what you might have in a basement.

If this model is too heavy, you have some options. Midea’s 20 Pint Cube is somewhat lighter overall, as its condenser unit is about 30 pounds, and its full bucket weighs about the same. You can also set the 50 Pint Cube to turn off with its bucket less than full, reducing the weight that you have to lift. Or you can passively empty the Cube into a sink or floor drain via the included hose. Alternatively, consider our other picks: The 50-pint Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1’s bucket weighs about 20 pounds when full, whereas the 22-pint Frigidaire FFAD2233W1’s bucket weighs about 14 pounds; in neither case do you have to lift anything but the tank. A pump-equipped version of the Midea 50 Pint Cube is also available, but if the pump fails—and they are prone to—you’re stuck with manual or passive draining.

The app may cause issues. The most common complaints from Midea Cube owners are that the app is buggy and hard to sync with a smartphone (all the models are Wi-Fi equipped), that the touted Alexa integration is unreliable, and that Midea customer service is of little help. We experienced the connectivity issue, even when using a known 2.4 GHz network, and we were never able to use the app. A Midea representative sent us an internal training video, and it showed that the app, when it’s working, displays your current humidity level, lets you turn the machine on and off, and allows you to change settings such as the fan speed, target humidity, and timers. It also sends full-bucket alerts.

A less common but not infrequent complaint is that the Cube’s humidity sensor is inaccurate. In our testing, it tracked about 5% above the pair of AcuRite hygrometers we used to take measurements. That result is not ideal, but the sensor is still accurate enough for most people’s needs.

The owner manual is sparsely written, and its diagrams are vague to the point of uselessness. Midea’s how-to video, thankfully, is a model of clarity.

Also great: Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1

Photo: Tim Heffernan

Also great

Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1

Capable performance plus remote monitoring via an app make this model attractive for out-of-the-way areas, but judging from our experience, some Frigidaire dehumidifiers last only a few years.

If smart control is important to you, the Wi-Fi–equipped Frigidaire Gallery FGAC5044W1 has a particular advantage over the Midea 50 Pint Cube: In our tests, its app was stable and easy to connect with, and it delivered accurate alerts when the machine’s bucket got full. (Both dehumidifiers work only on 2.4 GHz wireless networks.)

But the FGAC5044W1 has some drawbacks that made us reluctant to select it as our top pick.

It needs more frequent dumping. The FGAC5044W1’s smaller bucket capacity (2.1 gallons versus the Cube’s 4.25 gallons) is a disadvantage if you have to manually drain it, because it requires you to do so twice as often as our top pick does.

It may not last as long. A portion of Frigidaire dehumidifiers receive reports of mechanical failure from owners, usually after about three years. We’ve seen a similar pattern on competitors from GE that we’ve also tested. So far, Midea’s dehumidifiers prompt fewer such complaints by comparison.

But it tests well. On the most important metric—the ability to remove moisture from the air—this Frigidaire model excelled, dropping the humidity in our test space by 12% on high and by 15% on low over the course of an hour. In addition to working with its useful app, it can respond to voice controls through Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant.

It’s pretty easy to live with. A tuck-away handle and a cord hanger make the FGAC5044W1 easy to move in and out of storage. The hose attachment—which you use for passive draining into a sink or a floor drain—is easier to access than some competitors’ cramped, knuckle-scraping designs. And the FGAC5044W1 is much quieter than its predecessor, the Frigidaire FGAC7044U1, our prior smart-dehumidifier pick.

Built-in cord storage makes Frigidaire dehumidifiers neater to store in the off-season. Photo: Tim Heffernan

A note on air filtration: Beyond its primary dehumidifying function, the FGAC5044W1 also contains an ionizing “air purifier. ” As we do with the ionizers found in some of our air-purifier picks, we recommend leaving that feature off, as ionizers are of dubious utility and can generate small amounts of ozone. But in addition to the washable prefilter that the machine comes with, which is there to capture relatively large airborne contaminants such as pet hair, Frigidaire sells two upgraded filters, the RAC-1 and RAC-2, that can capture small airborne particles such as pollen and mold spores; these are not true HEPA filters, but they are worth considering if you’re concerned about the air quality in the space you’re dehumidifying.

Also great: Frigidaire FFAD2233W1

Photo: Tim Heffernan

Also great

Frigidaire FFAD2233W1

This compact, efficient, and affordable dehumidifier is designed for smaller spaces such as bedrooms and laundry rooms.

If you need to dehumidify a smallish space (up to about 500 square feet), such as a laundry room or bedroom, a 20-pint dehumidifier is plenty—and will cost you less up front and to operate over the long term. Our pick among such machines is the 22-pint Frigidaire FFAD2233W1 dehumidifier.

It performs well for its size. This model tested well in our office-sized test space, dropping the humidity by 6% in an hour on both high and low (with a humidifier constantly adding moisture back into the air at the same time). That’s about half the performance we got from the more powerful 50-pint machines, which makes sense: The FFAD2233W1 has only about half the larger machines’ moisture-removing capacity. Its bucket, at 1.125 gallons by our measurement, is the smallest among the models in our test group and the easiest to lift when full.

It’s decent on design, power consumption, and noise. The FFAD2233W1 is Energy Star rated, which means it meets federal standards for energy efficiency. With the compressor on, it draws 260 watts—less than half of what its 50-pint cousins use—so it can save you a few bucks on your electrical bill. And it’s no louder than the larger Frigidaire dehumidifiers, measuring 57 dB and 47 dB on high and low, respectively. The low setting is quiet enough to sleep near, and the sound mostly consists of the white noise of the fan, not the mechanical chugging of the compressor. The FFAD2233W1 also shares several of the design details that give the 50-pint Frigidaire models the edge in their category, including the cord hanger and the user-friendly external drain-hose attachment.

Frigidaire puts a splash guard on top of its drain buckets to minimize sloshing when you’re carrying the bucket to the sink, but the guards also make pouring the water out a bit sloppy. Photo: Tim Heffernan

What to look forward to

Frigidaire, maker of several of our picks, is switching to the newer, more efficient R-32 refrigerant in spring 2023, and we’ll look at those models when they become available. We also plan to look at the smaller Midea 20 Pint Cube as a possible budget/small-space pick.

The competition

The pump-equipped and Wi-Fi-enabled GE APHR50LB performed fine in our 2023 testing, but design shortcomings such as slippery, shallow pocket handles—really not safe for moving a 44-pound machine—and a hard-to-access hose connection for passive draining prompted us to dismiss it.

The Hisense HT5021KP is inexpensive for a 50-pint dehumidifier, and it could be worth a shot if you need help with a temporary humidity issue such as wet drywall from a minor plumbing leak. But the high rate of mechanical failure evident in buyer reviews led us not to recommend it.

We looked at and dismissed hOmeLabs’s dehumidifiers, which had design shortcomings similar to those that led us to pass on the GE APHR50LB and were very similar to that model in overall form. We were never able to reach a company representative or get any useful information about the machines from customer service.

Two LG dehumidifiers, the barebones LG UD501KOG5 and the pump- and Wi-Fi–equipped LG UD501KOJ5, performed just as well as other 50-pint models in our testing. However, their compressors emitted a persistent mechanical hum that we easily heard over their fans’ white noise. They also have the most difficult passive-drain hose hookup of all the dehumidifiers we’ve tested, requiring you to remove an extremely stiff cap from the body of the machine and then thread an adapter into the tight confines of the bucket compartment.

Toshiba’s TDDP5012ES2 (a Home Depot exclusive) is a pumpless 50-pint machine; the company also has a newer version with a pump included. For the TDDP5012ES2, we’ve seen an alarming number of complaints about the condenser icing up, the bucket leaking, the motor overheating, and the controls not working.

Overblown claims and questionable customer support led us to dismiss Tosot and Vremi dehumidifiers.

For previous versions of this guide, we had difficulty getting customer support from Whynter; again, we believe that better-known brands will serve you better on warranties and repairs.

This article was edited by Harry Sawyers.

Meet your guide

Tim Heffernan

Tim Heffernan is a senior staff writer at Wirecutter and a former writer-editor for The Atlantic, Esquire, and others. He has anchored our unequaled coverage of air purifiers and water filters since 2015. In 2018, he established Wirecutter’s ongoing collaboration with The New York Times’s Smarter Living. When he’s not here, he’s on his bike.

Further reading

How to Keep Your Home Cool

by Tim Heffernan

Here are all our product recommendations for keeping cool—and our advice on how to make everything work better.

The Best Portable Air Conditioner

by Thom Dunn

We have the best options for portable air conditioners, if a window unit or central air won’t work for you.

Wirecutter is the product recommendation service from The New York Times. Our journalists combine independent research with (occasionally) over-the-top testing so you can make quick and confident buying decisions. Whether it’s finding great products or discovering helpful advice, we’ll help you get it right (the first time).

About Wirecutter

Our team

Staff demographics

Jobs at Wirecutter

Contact us

How to pitch

Deals

Lists

Blog

Newsletters

Make a Plan: Moving

Dismiss

Dehumidifier Vs. Air Conditioning: Which Removes Humidity Best?

If you are becoming increasingly concerned with high levels of humidity in your home and are worried about the health risks and damages that come with it, then it’s time to think about possible solutions. With some quick fixes, you can alleviate the damages that come from high humidity in your home.

The first thing you’ll probably consider is a dehumidifier. Dehumidifiers effectively remove moisture from your home. Portable dehumidifiers and air conditioners are the two most popular forms of dehumidifiers. An air conditioner’s cooling system works to remove humidity in a home. To determine which is right for your situation, you’ll need to find out the effectiveness of a portable dehumidifier vs. air conditioner. Understanding the benefits and effectiveness of each is an important part of determining the best solution for your home. It’s critical to find a solution that will address humidity problems, such as indoor air quality and general comfort.

Explore Our HVAC ServicesCall To Schedule A Free, In-Home Estimate

Portable Dehumidifier Vs. Air Conditioner: Which Option Should You Choose?

Contents

1 Portable Dehumidifier Vs. Air Conditioner: Which Option Should You Choose?

1.1 What Is Indoor Air Quality?

1.2 Common Symptoms Of High Humidity

1.3 High Humidity & Comfort

1.4 What Is A Dehumidifier?

1. 5 Portable & Whole-House Dehumidifiers

1.6 Portable Dehumidifier Vs. Air Conditioner: Which Works Best?

2 Call Wilcox Energy To Learn More Indoor Air Quality Solutions

This article summarizes the major differences between a portable dehumidifier and an air conditioner. With this information, you will be able to choose which device is the best for your home when it pertains to the removal of humidity.

What Is Indoor Air Quality?

According to OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration), humidity is one of the largest contributors to poor indoor air quality. High humidity has the perfect conditions for mold, mildew, viruses, and bacteria. It can also cause health problems like respiratory infections and breathing problems. If you have asthma or other respiratory diseases, you will generally have a harder time breathing in humid conditions.

Common Symptoms Of High Humidity

Visible mold, rotting wood, and foggy windows are all common symptoms of high humidity. You may also notice clammy or moist air and the musty smell of mildew. Unnoticeable symptoms include exacerbation of allergies, increased asthma, or respiratory problems.

Call Today: (860) 399-6218

High Humidity & Comfort

High humidity affects indoor air quality, it impacts the health of your family and the comfort of your home. Surely it can contribute to a plethora of health conditions, but it can also make your home feel uncomfortable and hotter than it really is. In addition, high humidity in a home can cause floors to warp, paint to peel, bad odors, and stains on walls and ceilings. Repairing this type of damage can be expensive.

What Is A Dehumidifier?

A dehumidifier is meant to remove excess humidity from the air in your home. Usually, the unit will draw in humid air, then force it over cool coils which will condense the moisture out of the air. After that, it will over warm coils before it is released into your home. Excess moisture that is removed is collected in a drain pan which will need to be emptied periodically. The moisture will automatically drain outdoors if you are using a whole-house dehumidifier as part of your home’s HVAC system or if you are just using your air conditioner.

Your air conditioner removes humidity from your air even if you don’t have a whole-house dehumidifier. The air in the summer tends to be damp and humid, and tends to hold more heat than dry air. In the cooling process, hot air from inside your home blows over the evaporator coils in the air conditioner. While this happens, the moisture from the air is removed as it condenses.

Learn How To Improve Your Indoor Air QualityCall To Schedule A Free Consultation

Portable & Whole-House Dehumidifiers

Portable and whole-house units are the two types of dehumidifiers. Even though both types are designed to remove high humidity in a house, there are some important differences. Portable dehumidifiers are portable, just as the name implies. It is easy to move from one room to the next, but it will only work in one area at a time. Conversely, a whole-house dehumidifier will remove excess humidity throughout your whole home as it works with your home’s HVAC system.

While contemplating the advantages of both systems, it’s important to remember that your air conditioner is able to cool dry air a lot easier than humid or moist air. Too much humidity in a house can mean higher cooling costs and more frequent breakdowns of your air conditioner. It also has to work harder to keep your home at a comfortable temperature. However, a whole-house dehumidifier works together with your air conditioner to reduce humidity throughout your home. With this system, you can enhance your comfort while protecting your home and your HVAC system.

Call To Make An Appointment

Portable Dehumidifier Vs. Air Conditioner: Which Works Best?

Both portable dehumidifiers and air conditioners come with pros and cons when it comes to removing excess moisture in your home. A portable dehumidifier will definitely cost less than installing a whole-house dehumidifier. If you only need to remove humidity from one room, this might be a good option. For example, a bathroom without a window or exhaust fan is a perfect candidate for a portable unit. A whole-house dehumidifier that works with your HVAC system is almost always the best option when it comes to removing humidity from your entire home. Portable units have limitations if you are trying to control the humidity throughout your entire house. To help increase air quality and minimize damage a whole-house dehumidifier is best.

Removing excess humidity from just one area will not provide the benefits that a whole house system can offer. The cost of increased cooling and AC stress, as well as potential damage to your home or health, must also be thought about.

A whole-house dehumidifier can help when you are ready to improve your air quality and protect your home and family from the dangers of mold and mildew. Whole-house dehumidifiers also require less maintenance than a portable one, and you also won’t need to monitor the portable unit’s drip pan daily. A whole-house dehumidifier is a great choice for homeowners who want to minimize problems with humidity while also using a dehumidifier with your air conditioner.

Call Wilcox Energy To Learn More Indoor Air Quality Solutions

Wilcox Energy provides superior heating and cooling services in the southern Connecticut shoreline. We hire technicians who are NATE certified and can provide you with excellent HVAC installations, tune-ups, repairs, and replacements. All of our techs have the knowledge and experience to service your HVAC system properly.

Wilcox Energy guarantees competitive heating and cooling service prices in the area. Our HVAC services can improve your comfort, energy efficiency, and reduce your home cooling costs. Look no further if you want to improve your indoor air quality. Our experts know the best solutions to make all of your home comfort needs a reality. Our services are low-cost and all of our work is backed with a guarantee to ensure your satisfaction. Schedule an appointment by giving Wilcox Energy a call today. We also offer free, in-home estimates.

Call Now: (860) 399-6218Explore Our Case Studies

For more information about our HVAC services, be sure to contact Wilcox Energy. You can click here to contact us, or you can call us at (860) 399-6218 to find out more. We offer a full line of heating and cooling repairs, maintenance services, and installations.

World of Ecology Sochi – Useful products for health and home

View products

We have collected in one place everything that helps you to be healthy and live in a comfortable home. Here you will find everything related to the purification and improvement of water and air, as well as devices for healing, medical equipment, devices for creating comfort, specialized and innovative products.

Stores in the center
Sochi

Since 2000 in Russia

Professional online
consultations

CLEAN

Mir ekologii shop has achieved high recognition in its business. The best manufacturers of water filters have chosen Mir Ecology as their official representative in the city of Sochi. Leading brands such as Atoll, Geyser, Aquaphor, Barrier rate the employees of the Mir Ecology store as the best professionals in the field of water treatment in Sochi.

Filters – Reverse osmosis

Filters – Flow

Replacement cartridges

Filters – jugs

Filters – main

Water meters

Filters – special

View all goods

HEALTHY

AIR

Clean and fresh air in the house is a source of vitality and health. But dust, odors, germs, mold and stagnant air keep us from feeling good. Therefore, we have selected for you the best air purifiers, ionizers, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, ventilators, as well as devices for air disinfection and aromatization.

Purifiers – ionizers

Air dryers

Humidifiers

Climate complexes

Aromatizers

Ozonizers

Heaters

View all goods

PRODUCTS FOR HEALTH

Being healthy and full of energy is happiness for a person. But cold and heat, microbes and stress, pollution and trauma often prevent us from enjoying life and giving joy to loved ones. To solve such problems, we have collected useful and convenient devices: health massagers, darsonvals, steam saunas, infrared heaters, oxygen cocktails, etc.

Air recirculators

Medical equipment

Salt lamps

Oxygen

Irrigators

Darsonvali

Pulse oximeters

View all products

Quick product search

Use the fast and convenient product search in our store. More than 2000 appliances to improve the comfort and ecology of your home:

Search:

Reviews :

Read and leave reviews about us on independent sources
online



Lada Devushkina

I was in the Mir Ecology store in Adler. Super store with a large selection of honey. appliances and health products. Good prices. Friendly consultants, always ready to help the buyer and exhaustively tell about the goods of interest. I bought an oxygen concentrator – a very necessary thing in today’s world. I highly recommend this store!



Natalia

A good store where you can buy a lot of healthy things. For example: an orthopedic pillow or seat cushion filled with buckwheat husks, or a salt lamp. The sellers are friendly.
Each customer is warmly welcomed.
In general, I recommend

w

Valentina P.

I have been using the services of this store for many years. Lead a healthy lifestyle. I recommend everyone to visit this store where a great assortment of goods is presented to help the body recover. I am always amazed at the attention, the vast knowledge about my product, which is competently presented by the service personnel. I recommend visiting this store.



Tatyana Protsenko

It’s a pleasure to visit this store. Always friendly, always smiling. I chose a useful gift for a friend. Bought a gift card. I highly recommend it)))) And by the way, I couldn’t find the MAG-30 apparatus anywhere in the city, I went around everything, but found it only there. good device. I recommend, only he helps me in the fight against cervical osteochondrosis.



Yuri K.

Was in the Mir Ecology store in Sochi. An unusual store with a large selection of honey. technology and other health products. Good prices. Friendly consultants, ready to give comprehensive advice on unusual products. I bought a recirculator for the office. Quite a large assortment. I recommend!

w

Ivan Petrov

… Beautiful sales girls will not leave anyone unattended. Even if you couldn’t find something from the assortment, it’s nice to spend time discussing the product and its qualities.)) A huge assortment of unique products attracts attention and the time spent on studying will not seem wasted. I personally have already made many purchases and still do not regret it.



Svetlana Z.

I thank the employee of the Mir Ecology store for the excellent advice on Almag+. I can’t give you that kind of service!
All the best to you. Nice to hear and want to listen. I give five stars and recommend everyone to visit this store.



Tatyana M.

Finally got to write a review about the Mir Ecology store in Adler. The store itself is not big, but very compact, everything is available for viewing and choosing goods. The range is very pleasing, there is everything you need and the prices are reasonable. Separately, I want to thank the consultant Nina for her professional and human qualities. I recommend this store, I wish you good luck and prosperity.



Gagik Danielyan

A very nice lady works in the store, they sold what they needed, I’m happy! Taking this opportunity, I also want to say thanks to Maxim, he helped to install the geyser correctly, clearly explained everything on the phone, it feels like a professional in his field! I will be returning to this store in the future!
Thanks again, very helpful

w

Vladimir D.

The largest selection of filters in Sochi!
More than 100 models available. For every taste and budget.

I have been a client for almost 20 years and always have excellent service and replacement cartridges in stock. Nowhere else is this.
I recommend.



Generation Why

On the whole, there are few or none of these excellent stores in Sochi. We were looking for wall heaters and stumbled upon this store.
+ Kind people work for them.
+ Good help with the choice.
+ unobtrusive
+ – located in the city center, this is both a plus and a minus.
– The store has narrow aisles.

The best dehumidifiers: which one to choose

Do you want to improve the air quality in your home? Find out with us which are the best dehumidifiers on the market!

Mold, unhealthy air, wet walls covered with stains: these are unpleasant signs that sound the alarm on humidity and encourage us to look for a solution.

To protect our bathrooms, kitchens, bedrooms or garages from this threat we don’t always see but breathe, we can turn to an excellent ally: the dehumidifier. This discreet, space-saving device can play a really important role in keeping the environment and air quality healthy. Let’s find out everything there is to know about the world of dehumidifiers in order to make the best use of the opportunities available in the market.

Why buy an air dryer?

There are many reasons why the dehumidifier is an important household appliance, making it even indispensable in some types of rooms. Prevention of mold formation, thus protecting adults and children from allergies, asthma and infections, is by far the main advantage of using a dehumidifier.

In addition to health and hygiene reasons, it is also necessary to take into account the fact that excessive humidity changes the perception of temperature, making heat more oppressive and cold more penetrating. Moisture is also often the cause of condensation on windows, bad odors, and damage to walls and ceilings. A dehumidifier can help combat this, and in some cases also has the added benefit of purifying the air and drying clothes quickly.

Different types of dehumidifiers

Not all dehumidifiers are the same. There are stationary models, similar to air conditioners, and there are portable ones, which are often less powerful, but much more practical. The main difference, however, concerns the physical process that underlies their work. Therefore, dryers are divided into two types:

– Desiccant (or passive) dryers: equipped with a fan that pushes air against the desiccant material, thereby depriving it of water vapor. The heater then dehumidifies the air and recirculates it to the environment.

– Mechanical refrigeration dryers: These are the most common models and are particularly effective in very high temperatures. They work thanks to a fan that sucks in air and then condenses it in contact with a cooling coil. The resulting water is collected in a reservoir that must be emptied periodically.

Which dryer to choose?

The world of dehumidifiers is quite extensive and varied. How to choose before making a purchase? First of all, technical characteristics such as power, technology used and energy consumption must be taken into account. Aesthetics and size should also be taken into account when considering the environment in which the instrument will be placed. Here are some of the best professional dehumidifiers (on offer) most reviewed and most bought online – with or without free shipping:

Inventor Eva ION PRO WiFi dehumidifier 20L/24h (fits up to 70m2), WiFi, ionizer, Hepa and activated carbon filter, smart dehumidifier, dehumidifier

Pro Breeze 20 dehumidifier l, digital display, continuous drain, portable, with 4 modes of use, timer and clothes dryer

UGHED Home dehumidifier, 2.3 l, double semiconductor, automatic defrost, timer, 7 LED colors, humidity sensor, mold control and moisture for home cabinet

UGHEF Home Dehumidifier, 750ml, 7 LED Colors, Auto Power Off, Energy Saving, Mold & Moisture Proof for Home, Closet or Garage

Portable dehumidifier Turbionaire Senso 12, low noise, 12 l/24 h, new environmental refrigerant R290, child lock function, for rooms up to 55 m³, digital control panel

1000 ml electric mini dehumidifier against moisture, dirt and mold in the basement, garage, caravan, wardrobe or pantry.

Here we put some technical sheets and descriptions of dehumidifiers that we can find for sale and which have received positive feedback from our readers. We insert them in an attempt to summarize everything in a clear and understandable way and in the hope that they will be useful for a more informed final choice.

OUTAD Mini Super Silent Dehumidifier 500ML
OUTAD offers an ultra-quiet portable dehumidifier with thermoelectric cooling system for restful sleep. Despite its small size (29.2 x 16 x 13 cm), the device is really powerful: it can remove up to 250 ml of moisture per day, cleaning the room from mold and unpleasant odors. The controls are very simple and intuitive.

Ariasana Aero 360°
Dehumidifier using innovative tunnel technology for 360° air circulation. Excess moisture is converted into a salt solution, which is then collected in a practical tray. The product works thanks to tabs with ultra-absorbent crystals, which last for about 2 months.

Lighting equipment in photography: 18 Types of Photography Lighting Equipment You Need to Know

Опубликовано: April 24, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

Photography Lighting Equipment: The Essential Guide

When you first dive into photography lighting equipment, you’re bound to feel massively overwhelmed. Studio lighting seems complex, it’s full of confusing jargon, and it certainly isn’t designed for the beginner.

But here’s the truth:

While photography lighting might seem complicated, it’s actually pretty easy to get started – assuming you have the right teacher. That’s where this article comes in handy; I aim to share all the photoshoot lighting basics, so that by the time you’re done, you’ll have a strong understanding of both studio lighting equipment and the accompanying vocabulary.

Let’s get started.

Types of light

In this section, I cover the main types of studio light. Note that each lighting type varies in terms of usefulness, portability, cost, and more.

Strobes

A studio strobe, sometimes referred to as a monobloc or monolight, is a dedicated flash unit. Strobes generally use cords, though more battery-powered offerings are brought to the market every day. Power output between models can vary greatly; cheaper strobes offer about as much power as cheap, third-party flashguns, while class-leading strobes are some of the strongest lights in the business. For this reason, strobes are the most common studio light used by professionals.

Strobes are powerful flash units that dominate studio photography.

Continuous lights

Continuous lights serve the same function as strobes, but they don’t flash. Instead, they are high-powered, constant lamps that can (usually) be fitted with modifiers. While associated with video, continuous lights still have their place in stills photography. LED lights are currently flooding the continuous light market, and many of them are viable options for stills shooters.

Note that continuous lights are sometimes referred to as hotlights – because they tend to get very hot. Be careful with modifiers that sit close to the bulb, as they present a fire hazard. (This does not apply to LED lights.)

Flashgun/speedlight

Flashguns are small lights that mount on top of your camera. They are highly portable, and some come with reasonably high power outputs. Although flashgun versatility is ultimately limited by size and power output, they are still an extremely useful tool for any photographer interested in off-camera lighting. They’re also less expensive than dedicated studio strobes.

Flashguns are small but competent light sources that are essential for portable studios.

Light functions

In this section, I discuss lighting roles. In other words, what do different studio lights actually do? How many studio lights do you need? And where do you point them?

Key light

The key light is a main light; you use it to create the overall lighting effect. Generally, the key light is the brightest and most prominent light in your scene.

Fill light

A fill light is positioned in reaction to the key light. It reduces the intensity of shadows created by the key light, thereby decreasing the overall contrast in your scene.

Rim light/backlight

Rim light illuminates your subject from behind, generally with the goal of separating the subject from the background. Often, rim lights are positioned so that only a sliver of light is visible on the sides of your subject.

Background light
Background lights point away from the subject to light the background. Not all studio lighting includes background lights, but like rim light, it’s a nice way to create subject-background separation.

Hair light
Hair lights are used in portrait photography to add emphasis to your subject’s hair. They can also be used to help bring up the exposure of your subject’s head if it is blending into the background.

Ambient light
Ambient light refers to any light present before the addition of your studio lighting. It comes from lights in the room, daylight from a window, cracks above the door, etc.

Modifiers

Modifiers go between the light source and your subject, with the goal of changing the quality or intensity of the light. A modifier might harden the light, it might soften the light, it might reduce the light, or it might create unique lighting patterns.

Umbrellas

Umbrellas look like, well, umbrellas, except they’re not designed for rainy-day use. Instead, photography umbrellas come in silver or white and are attached to your light via a mount. By pointing a studio light into the umbrella (which reflects the light back to your subject, as displayed in the photo below), you create a much larger, softer light source. Umbrellas are technically directional, but they can have a lot of spill, and they certainly aren’t the easiest modifier to control.

Umbrellas are your most basic modifier. They are good for soft, diffused light, but they are hard to control.

Translucent umbrellas/shoot-through umbrellas

Translucent umbrellas don’t reflect light like the umbrellas discussed above; instead, they’re made of a diffusion material that softens the light. Simply point your light into the a translucent umbrella to get a beautiful, even result (though with practically zero directionality).

Translucent umbrellas also provide soft light, but they aren’t as directional as softboxes, below.

Softboxes

Softboxes come in a variety of shapes and sizes. Once mounted, a softbox shapes and softens the light to become more flattering. Softboxes also tend to be quite directional, they are easy to control, and they can even be adjusted with additional modifiers (such as grids). Softboxes are highly versatile, so they’re an ultra-popular studio accessory.

Softboxes are the workhorse of the photographic studio, and they come in all shapes and sizes.

Strip boxes

Strip boxes are a special type of long, rectangular softbox. They produce a narrow beam of light, which is great for lighting a subject from behind for a rim lit effect.

Striplights are softboxes that offer very directional light.

Octaboxes

Octaboxes are special octagonal softboxes; the rounder result is useful for shaping portrait lighting. Octaboxes tend to be quite large, creating especially soft, flattering light that’s perfect for portrait photography.

Reflectors
Not to be confused with handheld reflectors (discussed below), reflective modifiers mount directly to a studio strobe. They channel the light in a specific angle for very directional light. Reflector light is very hard, and most reflectors are designed to take a variety of grids.

Reflectors, like this 110-degree reflector, provide a very directional and hard light source.

Snoots
Snoots are modifiers designed to focus your light in a very narrow beam. They make great hair and background lights.

Snoots direct your light into tight, controlled beam.

Barn doors

Barn doors are fitted with two to four flaps; these allow you to block and shape the light to create different effects. For instance, barn door flaps can help you focus your light on a specific aspect of your subject (such as the hair), or they can be used to prevent (flag) the light from hitting a certain spot.

Beauty dishes

Beauty dishes are directional modifiers that sit somewhere between soft and hard light. They are great for beauty photography, fashion photography, and portraiture. They often come with grids and diffusion socks to give you extra options.

Beauty dishes offer a lighting effect somewhere between hard and soft.

Grids/honeycombs
Grids are modifiers for your modifiers. You place them on a reflector, softbox, or beauty dish to further narrow the beam of light – to ensure the light is only falling on your subject (or on some other, desired location).

Grids help you to further modify the directionality of your light.

Gobo

A gobo goes in front of a light source and changes the shape of the light. A gobo might simply narrow the beam, or it might create complex patterns.

(Confused? Imagine a Venetian blind with light streaming through. Now imagine the pattern on the wall. The blind is acting as an effective gobo and shaping the light!)

Color Gels

Gels are colorful, translucent sheets that fit over your light. Thanks to gels, your lights can produce just about any color imaginable (for all sorts of creative effects!).

CTO

Gels
These are color correction gels, used when you need to correct the color temperature of a given light. For example, if you have a gridded beauty dish that is on the warmer side and you want to use a second, cooler light as a hair light, you’d place a CTO gel over your hair light. That way, you can match and balance the color output of both lights.

Portable reflectors

Not to be confused with reflective modifiers (above), reflectors allow you to reflect light back onto your subject. They are a way to create fill light without a second dedicated light source. Reflectors come in many shapes and sizes, from the ubiquitous 5-in-1 reflectors to fancy tri-flectors sometimes used in beauty portraits.

Reflectors and diffusers are two vital tools when shaping and controlling your light in the studio. Also shown here is a reflector stand.

Diffuser/scrim

A diffuser is a piece of translucent material that you place in front of a light source to alter the quality of the light or to reduce its intensity. Some diffusers do both.

Flags

Flags are used to block (or flag) light from falling on certain parts of the scene. You can use a flag to stop excess light falling on your background, or you can use a flag to reduce the exposure on specific parts of your subject. For example, I sometimes use flags to underexpose everything from the neck down in close portraits. This helps ensure that the face is the main focus of the image.

Studio accessories

In this section, I discuss accessories that can make for easy, efficient photo shoots.

Light stands

Light stands are designed to hold your light sources. Make sure your light stands can handle the weight of your heaviest light (note that a high-powered, dedicated strobe requires a lot more support than a speedlight!).

This image shows a boom arm attached to a lighting stand on a dolly. It’s a fantastic and versatile piece of kit.

Dolly

Dollies are highly useful; they’re light stands, but equipped with wheels!

Boom arm

A boom arm is a light stand that you can position at any angle, from completely vertical to completely horizontal. Boom arms are a great way to get your lights up high and to place your lights at angles a traditional light stand can’t manage. You can mount different varieties of boom arms to other light stands, as well as permanent fixtures like walls.

Reflector stand

These are dedicated stands designed to hold a reflector in place (e.g., under your subject’s chin).

Background/backdrop

A backdrop is the surface behind your subject. Backdrops can range from paper and vinyl rolls to bare or decorated walls to pieces of painted canvas.

This image shows a painted canvas background. At the top of the frame, you can see gray and white vinyl rolls on a motorized support system.

Background stand/support

Background stands are support systems designed to hold a backdrop in place. They can be free standing or wall mounted.

Clamps

Clamps and other fastening devices come in all shapes and sizes. You can (and should) use clamps liberally; backgrounds, flags, reflectors, gels, and many, many other things need to be held in place during photo shoots. For example, bulldog clips are indispensable for holding up canvas backdrops, while double-headed clamps can attach to a table and hold a flag or reflector (as pictured below):

This image shows a selection of clamps and clips that are helpful in the studio. The double-headed clamp is holding up a piece of black foam core that I use as a flag.

Rails

In bigger studios, you might see lights fixed to fittings on the walls and ceiling. These rails allow you to move your lights around a space without the hassle of a light stand. They also keep cords out of the way of you and your subjects.

Other

Here are a few miscellaneous items of studio lighting equipment that it pays to own, along with a couple of key vocabulary terms:

Quality of light

Light quality refers to the physical characteristics of light (generally the shape, intensity, hardness, and color).

Lighting pattern

A lighting pattern refers to a particular lighting position designed for predictable and established results. Examples of lighting patterns include butterfly lighting, Rembrandt lighting, and split lighting.

PC sync socket/cable

The PC sync lets you connect your camera to a flash. You can use this in lieu of triggers.

Triggers

Triggers allow a camera to communicate with lights and ensure that flashes fire while the shutter is open. They range from very basic models with just one function to complex devices that allow for full control over the settings of multiple lights.

Triggers allow your camera to communicate with your flashes so that they remain in sync.

Slave mode

In slave mode, a flash will detect the light from another flash via a sensor, then fire off a burst. It’s perfect for situations when you have multiple lights but only one basic trigger.

Mount

Modifiers attach to a strobe via a mount. A lot of lighting manufacturers have their own proprietary mounts associated with their systems (Bowens, Profoto, Elinchrom, etc. ), so you will need to ensure that any modifier you buy will fit the system that you own.

This is the shape of the commonplace Bowens S-mount.

Modeling light

Many strobes come fitted with two bulbs: a powerful flashbulb, from which you get the strobe light, and a weaker modeling bulb, which is on whenever the strobe is not flashing. The modeling light helps you see what the light quality and direction are doing to your subject. As a bonus, if you’ve cut out all ambient light (as you should in a studio environment), modeling lights allow you to see!

Studio lighting equipment: final words

Well, there you go:

An introduction to studio lighting equipment, complete with plenty of vocabulary. Now that you’ve finished this article, you can confidently step into a studio and know exactly what is going on – and you can get started with some studio lighting of your own!

Now over to you:

Which of the studio equipment items mentioned above do you own? Which do you plan to buy? And which is your favorite? Share your thoughts in the comments below!

Lighting Equipment 101: Why to Invest and What to Buy

Jan 18, 2022

How To Set Your Camera’s ISO, Aperture, and Shutter Speed for DIY Product Photography

Mar 29, 2016

Read more →

The Best Fashion Photography Lighting Guide: 3 lighting setups for apparel product photography that won’t ruin your budget

Jun 12, 2014

Read more →

Whether you’re a hobbyist or a professional, understanding that light is a vital part of the outcome of your images is crucial. Gaining extra light can be an easy fix, whether it be from a window, a lamp from your living room, or a professional lighting kit. In some cases, you will need the latter for it’s convenience and the ability to control the lighting in your situation.

Decide which continuous, speedlight, or strobe lighting equipment to buy in this helpful equipment guide.

It can be confusing to decipher which photography and lighting equipment might be best for you to utilize and potentially invest in for your business. To simplify things, ask yourself: what are your main needs? what is your purpose for using artificial lighting? These two questions can assist in shaping which lighting kit is best for you.

In this article, we will provide details about the various types of lighting equipment that you can purchase to create stunning images!

1. Continuous Lighting Kits
Continuous lighting is primarily useful in product and still life photography or video. A huge advantage to this type of lighting is that you can visualize how your light will appear in your image before you begin shooting, thus making it easier to adjust your lighting quickly. This type of lighting is great for beginners because it lets you manipulate your light more manually and is very cost efficient compared to other models of lighting kits.

There are three major types of continuous lighting bulbs: fluorescent, tungsten & LED. All types generate great results, so choosing which to use is mainly a matter of personal preference.

Fluorescent is generally easier to find in studio lighting and does not overheat, so that is what most studio photographers use. LED is a safer option to tungsten because they tend to not overheat as much. Regardless of which color balanced bulbs you use, remember to set your camera’s white balance to Auto or specifically according to the type of bulb you’re using to generate accurate colors.

A set of two lights will allow for more versatility in your lighting setups.

Here are a few great options for continuous lighting kits to photograph product images:

$88 Studio Essentials Tabletop Fluorescent 2-Light Product Photography Kit

$90 CLAR 2-Light SoftBox Kit, Stands & Carrying Case

$140 Bescor LED 95DK2 LED Video Light Kit with Two LED Light Panels, Two Pieces Floor Stands and Two AC Adaptors

$445 Smith-Victor KSB-1000 2-Light 1,000 Watt Economy SoftBox Light Kit

$680 Fotodiox SF50 SkyFiller 1×1′ 50w Bi-Color Powerful & Ultra-Portable 2 LED Light Kit with Stands

Take your continuous lighting kit one step further by purchasing an adjustable power kit. An advantage to these kits are that you have even more control over how much the light source exudes in your environment. This will allow you to manually manipulate your light even more than just a one bulb continuous lighting kit. Utilize these kits so you won’t have to remove bulbs to adjust the amount of light you want.

$300 Deluxe 3-Light Fluorescent Lighting Kit with Bag

Take your continuous lighting kit one step further by purchasing an adjustable power kit.

2. Speedlight Lighting Kits
Speedlights are external flash units that can be used along with umbrellas and softboxes to disperse light. They are faster than normal flashes and can be very versatile. It is best to use speedlights for stills, product shots, or action shots at weddings and sporting events.

Speedlights are extremely lightweight and portable, making them great alternatives for setting up quick but effective on-the-go studios.

First, you will need to purchase a few speedlight flashes. Here are a two options:

$170 Bolt Flash for Nikon

$190 Bolt Flash for Canon

Next, add an accessories kit with umbrellas or reflectors and stands to make your setup complete!

$130 Westscott Speedlight Kit

$360 Photoflex Portable Speedlight Kit

3. Monolight Strobe Lighting Kits
Monolights are self-contained strobe units that include power sources, reflectors and stands.

The main advantage to monolights is that, with them, there is no need for an extra power generator because all of that is contained in the head of the lamp. Each strobe monolight should be 150+ watts so that they are powerful enough to light your subjects.

Strobe monolights are mainly used in studios, but are extremely versatile and can be portable if purchased with a case.

Strobe monolights are mainly used in studios, but are extremely versatile.

They are often used for model photography and also product photography and also generally come with a continuous lighting setting, which certainly adds to its allure.

Here are some great strobe options.

$1,100 Impact VC-500WLN 3-500Ws Digital Monolight with Transmitter Kit

Although there are many different ways to use artificial lighting and a whole slew of starter and advanced-level kits for you to research and invest in, the starter kits mentioned in this article should get you well on your way to creating wonderful studio images in your home or on-the-go studio.

If you’re going to invest in a lighting kit, we recommend that you buy at least 2 light sources so that you have ample light when you need it. Having a set of two lights will allow for more versatility in your lighting setups and, by extension, more creativity and professionalism in your photography.

And don’t be afraid to shop around for better deals! Most camera stores or ecommerce sites like Amazon, Ebay or Adorama run frequent promotional sales to help lower costs, so utilize those deals and get to shooting!

The Author

Thank you for reading. We love to share! Our goal is to bring you complete control over product image editing through seamless integration and industry leading expertise. Follow us and learn the easiest way to optimize images for e-commerce.

Subscribe to Our

Newsletter
What kind of studio equipment is there

Lighting fixtures are pulsed and constant.

Flash light can be used exclusively for photography. When the camera shutter is released, these devices emit a strong pulse of light. The synchronizer helps the camera and lighting fixture work together.

Pulsed type of lighting is widely used due to the economical mode of power consumption, as well as the excellent characteristics of the generated luminous flux.
In addition, professional photographers and videographers take advantage of constant light to illuminate subjects. This method of shooting allows you to visually assess the level of illumination, analyze the ratio of light and shadows, and improve the focus of the lens.

Studios often use pulsed light, so for a successful result you need to learn how to work with it.

Synchronization

Synchronization is required so that the shutter of the camera and the studio flash fire at the same time. With a device that fires a flash when a pulse is found, the camera can only be synchronized with one device.

Synchronizers are of three types:

• Synchronizer cable

One of the lights is connected to the camera, and all the others respond to the sound of the device that is connected to the camera.

• IR transmitter

This type of synchronization requires an infrared synchronizer. In this case, the signal comes through a special port, which is not always convenient, because with any unsuccessful movement, it may not reach the receiver.

• Radio synchronization

A very convenient method, because there are no cables or wires.

The flash can also be used for synchronization, but this is not very convenient, because using it will drain the battery very quickly.

How to work with lights

Audio – a sound signal that the flash is ready to fire.

Flash check – a light signal that the flash is ready to work.

Slave – triggering monoblocks during photography.

Test – testing the flash with an impulse salvo.

Full – setting constant light to the maximum value.

Prop – constant light increases in power similar to the impulse.

Lighting Attachments

To achieve the desired color, use the following lighting attachments:

• Standard Reflector – Concentrates the light flux in a strictly defined direction, so the light from it is quite hard.

• Umbrella – Helps the light to be soft and diffused.

• Soft box is a rectangular structure that diffuses light. This is what photographers most often use in their work.

• Strip box – needed for shooting large objects and for full coverage of the model.

• Octobox is used for group portraits.

• The Beauty Dish is used for portraits, it concentrates and softens the light.

• The background reflector is needed to make the background uniform.

• Tube (“spot”) allows you to direct the beam of light to a specific point.

• Universal Holders – Used to mount filters, honeycombs and shutters that prevent light from entering the lens.

• Curtains . Nozzle with 4 movable wings. Allows you to limit the spread of light. Together with the curtains, you can install a filter or honeycombs.

• Honeycomb . Honeycombs are used to get a beam of parallel rays and create a kind of imitation of sunlight.

• Color filters . They are installed on lamps for a point change in color.

• Reflectors and flags . These tools control the shape, the intensity

Want to try out professional equipment, but are you scared away by the justification for such an expensive purchase? You can always use our services and rent a photo studio, where there is everything you need.

Studio photography • Lesson #2. Lighting. Lighting equipment. Examples of schemes

Still, this is an interesting topic – shooting in a photo studio: studio lighting, lighting schemes, examples of use … If you search the Internet, you will find many articles on this topic. So we decided in our photo school dphotoworld.net not to “reinvent the wheel” and replenish this collection. But first, let’s remember what types of light are used when photographing.

Studio (or it is also called pavilion) shooting is carried out in a room that uses artificial lighting. The number and power of the light sources used in this case must correspond to the amount of illumination required to obtain a high-quality image. In accordance with these requirements, the luminous intensity of lighting devices and their arrangement are regulated, which makes it possible to solve compositional problems, obtaining lighting effects of various nature.

Types of light sources

Key light plays the main role in the formation of objects revealing their sculptural-volumetric plasticity. Skillfully using such light, the photographer can highlight the most important elements of the composition and leave secondary ones in the shadows. The ratio of light and shadow, i.e., the creation of light balance, is also determined by the strength of the key light source, which is created under artificial lighting with directional light devices.

If the shadows created by the key light do not carry a decorative element or semantic meaning, they can be highlighted with fill light . It is created by diffused light sources and, together with other types of lighting, primarily modeling light, determines the degree of image contrast. The fill light evenly illuminates the subjects and the room, creates the level of illumination necessary for satisfactory detailing, and does not create visible shadows.

Modeling light functions as an additional fill light (highlighting shadows), for which weak ambient light fixtures are used. The bottom modeling light softens, smooths out harsh shadows from the main (drawing) upper light source. Modeling light can emphasize the plasticity of volumes, creating a play of glare and reflections on them, that is, local reflections from various parts of surfaces and surrounding objects, and their shape, color and intensity can be adjusted.

Background light serves to illuminate the background, which is usually used for diffused light fixtures.

Contour Light Creates an outline of light around the object being photographed. This contour should be brighter than the light part of the illuminated object and the background area on which it is projected. Contour light can become an expressive part of the composition.

Spectacular light will create highlights and shadows of a given shape, color and intensity on the elements of a photo composition, as a rule, reproducing the effect of a powerful light source located above the frame boundaries.

Compensation Light Illuminates shadow parts of the subject and never creates shadows in areas lit by the main spotlight or key light.

Shooting almost never uses all types of lighting at the same time, just two or three.

“The most powerful light source, which determines the nature of the lighting, creates the main key light; illumination of the shadow areas of the object is provided by a source of diffused, fill light. Backlight is often used, effectively outlining the contours of objects with light reflections. In some cases, the background is illuminated separately, for which a background light source is used. Modeling light can also be used to expressively illuminate individual parts of objects.

Five lights are required to use these five types of lighting. But in most cases, two or three lighting devices are enough for the main, fill and backlight, provided that the selected background is light, located close to the object and does not require special lighting.

A. Simonov, Soviet Photo magazine, August 1968

When working with artificial light, the photographer must keep four lighting characteristics in mind:

1) illumination of the object being photographed and the entire space;

2) lighting contrast;

3) the direction and size of the shadows, i.e. shaded areas of the surface of the object being photographed;

4) spectral composition (chromaticity) of light incident on the surface of the object being photographed.

Speaking about illumination and contrast, it is necessary to remember the peculiarities of visual perception, for which not only the amount of illumination is important, but also the ratio of the brightness of individual sections of the composition being shot. The human eye distinguishes brightness if they differ from one another by at least 10%. Therefore, in order to reproduce the chiaroscuro gradation visible to a person, it is necessary to correctly pronounce the exposure metering of illuminated and shadow areas.

You need to learn how to properly use the direction of the light and the size of the shadows. There are countless options for lighting with artificial light sources – from thin, airy, shadowless, created by fill and modeling light sources, to a black contrasting cut-off image obtained using only one key light.

With directional light sources, you can create an expressive black and white pattern. A soft, transparent shadow will make the dramaturgy of the picture less conflicting. A pronounced chiaroscuro, in which some objects or parts of them are immersed in shadow, while others, on the contrary, are brightly lit, will introduce elements of dramatic tension into the composition of the frame and make the frame more expressive.

Skillfully using the contrasts of light and shadow, you can get completely different effects – from picturesque juiciness to the harsh sharpness of a poster drawing.

As already mentioned, in order to create a certain type of lighting, it is necessary to choose the right lighting fixtures for this purpose and install them correctly. There can be no universal scheme for setting up light for any type of shooting, since the choice of lighting is dictated by the individual creative tasks of the photographer and various plastic features of the depicted objects. Therefore, we give only a general scheme, which should vary in each individual case. We will look at some of its options in this lesson a little lower.

Stage photography equipment

Stage photography uses different light sources. We have already told you about flash lights in the first lesson of the studio photography course. What other studio equipment is there?

Some of the most common studio lighting attachments include:

– Umbrella is a very handy attachment that can be attached to almost any lighting fixture. As a rule, umbrellas have a diameter of 80 to 120 cm. There are translucent umbrellas that help to scatter and attenuate almost twice the light coming from a flash lamp, and umbrellas with a reflective surface. The latter have an outer surface of black fabric and an inner surface of fabric of various colors. Depending on the color of the fabric on the inside of the umbrella, one or another light can be received. For example, the matte white surface of an umbrella provides the photographer with very soft light, while the golden color of the fabric leads to an increase in the temperature of the light.

– Beauty dish. Thanks to the design feature of the “beauty dish”, the light is both concentrated and soft. That is why this nozzle is used when shooting portraits. Also, the effect of the “beauty dish” can be supplemented with honeycombs or soft nozzles.

– Reflectors . One of the most commonly used attachments in studio shooting is a reflector, which allows you to limit the light flux along the propagation angle and concentrate it in the right direction. Reflectors come in various types – standard, background, diffuse and umbrella. Umbrella reflectors are used when shooting with umbrellas, and their main task is to direct reflected light onto the working surface of the umbrella. Back reflectors help the photographer to evenly illuminate the background, while diffuse reflectors, reminiscent of satellite dishes, are necessary so that the hard light from the flash does not fall on the subject being photographed. In addition, a variety of parabolic reflectors are on the market today, which are used to limit light at a certain angle.

– Soft boxes . The design of the soft box consists of a lightweight metal frame, which is covered with a dense fabric. Moreover, the inner part of the fabric (metallized layer) takes the form given by its frame, and becomes, in fact, a reflector that reflects the light flux onto a quadrangular diffuser screen. Such a diffuser screen is a special piece of fabric that scatters light well, but at the same time practically does not affect its spectral composition. Quite often, soft boxes are used in studio photography to create key and fill light, as well as to obtain uniform soft lighting of the subject being shot.

Long soft boxes, which are several times longer than wide, are called strip boxes and are most often used to illuminate full-length models, as well as when shooting large objects. Strip boxes (or they are also called strips) are great for creating long and narrow highlights on reflective surfaces. Octo-boxes are large-diameter octagonal soft-boxes. Used as a key light for group portraits. In portrait and subject shooting, they give a round shape of glare in the eyes of models or on glossy objects.

– Tubes and honeycombs . Other attachments for lighting equipment used in studio photography include tubes and honeycombs. Tubes are cone-shaped nozzles that allow you to limit the luminous flux to a narrow, directional beam of light. With the help of such a nozzle, the photographer can highlight the desired detail with light, place certain accents.

Honeycombs are fine-mesh attachments that help create a beam of light with nearly parallel beams.

— Constant light sources . In addition to pulsed illuminators, constant light sources can also be used in studio photography. Constant light sources are often used in subject photography, when traditional flashes cannot provide the photographer with a normal exposure during the pulse duration. Also, constant light sources are used to more accurately assess the distribution of light, shadows and highlights when building a frame, which is sometimes problematic when using conventional pulsed illuminators. Many professional photographers generally believe that constant light sources are preferable to flash lights when shooting portraits.

— Racks are designed for mounting various equipment, placing it in the studio and setting it in height. Crane is a stand with a crane and a sinker for installing lighting fixtures, designed to hold any weight, including soft boxes and octo boxes.

— Other equipment . The set of equipment used in a professional photo studio is very wide. For example, the same fans are not only used to cool lighting equipment. Power-controlled tunnel fans help make the model’s hair flow and her clothes flutter in the wind. Working with lighting equipment requires its synchronization with the camera. For this, in particular, the so-called IR trigger is used, which is attached to the place of the external flash of the camera. The IR trigger synchronizes the operation of the lighting equipment and the camera via an infrared pulse, thereby ensuring that the camera shutter opens and the light pulse occurs simultaneously. Synchronization can also be carried out by wire, or by means of a radio receiver connected to a light source (the transmitter, respectively, is connected to the camera).

For studio photography, a photographer needs good optics. In particular, for subject shooting you will need a macro lens that allows you to shoot from a very close distance and is characterized by maximum sharpness and detail. Shooting in a studio setting also allows the photographer to create truly unique environments with voluminous atmospheric scenery and smoke. For this purpose, the studio uses a smoke generator, which makes it possible to create a fog of the desired density in the room, which acts as a background.

Only well-chosen studio equipment opens up a wide field for the photographer for all kinds of creative experiments, the embodiment of his ideas and the effects of professional photography. In the studio, you can organize a wide variety of lighting schemes, ensure the creation of fog or wind. You just need to be able to work with a variety of photographic equipment and lighting equipment.

Studio Lighting Examples

The studio lighting schemes given in this lesson are not a dogma or a direct guide, they are shown only as an example and can be used differently – at the discretion of the photographer. These schemes use the minimum number of light sources.

1. Classic lighting scheme with 3 lights

Option 1 : 3 flash lights – 2 soft boxes and flash with reflector.

An octo-box was used as the main (drawing) light source. Considering that the octo box, as a kind of soft box, gives a soft, diffused light of a large area, there is no need for a fill light.

The use of a white background is due to the desire to highlight the subject without being distracted by details. The background light seems imperceptible, however, the illumination from the opposite side of the key light – the shadow side, evens out the brightness of the background. A similar arrangement of studio equipment, with minor changes, is used in stock photography and for shooting in a “high key”.

Option 2 : 3 flash lights – octo box, vertical strip box and light head with reflector.

Still the same standard lighting scheme. For additional illumination of shadows, instead of the fourth source, you can put a reflector.

The model in white clothes stands out well against a colored background, although it is more suitable for artistic or glamorous shooting. Lightening the background, given the white clothes, may not have been worth it. However, thanks to this lighting, the background is heterogeneous and “plays”. The contour on the shadow side of the model also highlights the silhouette. Background and contour light serve to create effects, and the use of such illumination makes the photo more “tasty”.

2. Lighting scheme with 2 sources

Option 1. The background is light. The model is close to the wall. The fill light comes from a large octo-box located on a crane above the model. The key light is a vertical strip box positioned at approximately 45 degrees to the optical axis of the camera.

Option 2 similar, but the background is neutral or dark, and the key light source is turned so that it shines from the side. In the studio, such a light is called a sliding light. Side lighting is best for bringing out the texture of a surface, such as fabric, in clothing shots. The image is more contrasted, and the contour is emphasized by backlight, placing it behind, above and to the side of the model at 45 degrees.

3. Shooting with a parabolic umbrella

A giant parabolic umbrella (approx. 180 cm in diameter) stands in the center of the photo studio. The color of the reflective surface is white. The design of the umbrella is on wheels with a counterweight, and the light head can be moved along the axis to achieve various effects.

On diagram 1 you can see how bright light highlighted the model from two sides. The large size and shape of the back reflection reflector provides soft, uniform illumination that serves as both key and fill light. The characteristic round glare from an umbrella is well suited for portraits. When shooting close-ups, a brightly lit circle with knitting needles is visible in the reflection of the eyes.

The pulsed light from the reflective surface of the parabolic umbrella itself has an “enveloping” effect. This umbrella is ideal for portrait photography, as well as dynamic shooting of a model in motion.

Scheme 2 for shooting in a studio against a light background: large diameter parabolic umbrella and background lighting with two strips. To separate the model from the background differently, you need to make the background brighter. 2 vertical strips are used for uniform illumination of the background over the entire height. The power of the sources is maximum. The light from a parabolic umbrella is voluminous. It works well on the texture of leather and fabric, drawing details, and therefore is indispensable for fashion shooting for clothing catalogs and photo stocks.

4. The scheme of shooting on a white background for photostocks

A feature of shooting for photostocks is the isolation of people or objects from the background. Usually a white background is used and its additional lighting.

Scheme 1 . As sources of key and fill light, octo-boxes are used on the sides of the model, one of which is on top of the crane.

To prevent the white background from looking gray, you need to light it evenly. For this, 2 vertical strip boxes were used, one on each side. The background light pulse power should be large enough or maximum. As well as drawing, although drawing can be slightly reduced. An additional nuance of such a light scheme is the use of the background as a reflector and backlight. If the model is in close proximity to the background, then a bright light contour is formed around, and the figure is drawn.

Pattern 2 : For chest portraits, this pattern can be used when the background is illuminated by the large octo box on the crane.

5. Lighting scheme on a black background

Let’s consider a scheme for shooting a contrasting portrait in a studio, on a black background, using two light sources. To create a hard pattern of light and shadow, special nozzles with honeycombs are used. And the tube will serve as a source of accent (sometimes called sculptural) or modeling light.

Modeling light – located along the axis of the key light, and is located on the opposite side of the model. It “tears” the unlit half of the model from the background. It does not have a clear pattern and does not compete with key light. If installed incorrectly (for example, excessive brightness) can disrupt the entire light palette. If the photographer “does not see” or does not understand the modeling light, then it is better to refuse it. Due to the fact that the light of the modeling light source can fall on the front lens of the objective and reduce contrast or cause unwanted reflections, it is installed in a tube, or the light source is equipped with protective shutters.

The diagram shows how to create a contrast pattern with two hard light sources. Very often, such lighting is used in collages of advertising posters or movie posters. Accent light can be obtained using a spotlight nozzle or a tube, and the power of the source should be half a step higher than the power of the drawing one.

Light plan 1 : Two pulsed light sources – beauty dish with honeycomb and tube with honeycomb.

The specific nature of the lighting that a portrait reflector creates differs from soft boxes or umbrellas, as the light flow is evenly distributed on the reflective surface. To obtain softer light, a diffuser is used, and to obtain directional light, honeycombs are used to match the size of the plate.

Honeycomb tube – an attachment used in portrait photography to create highlights or highlight hair. Lighting with a point light source, such as a tube, requires more careful and accurate flash placement.

Scheme 2 : The photo shows how a poorly placed modeling light source affected the character of the pattern.

The key light source is located at 45 degrees to the model in front and slightly higher, and the modeling light source, on the contrary, is at an angle of 45 degrees and higher behind the subject. The result is a contrasting portrait that stands out well against a black background.

6. Two source light scheme with color filter

The highlight of this two source scheme is the use of a color filter on the contour light. A small octo-box creates the main light-shadow pattern, gives a white (cold) tint. And the orange filter of the reflector, located behind, on the side and above the model, illuminates part of the face and dress with warm yellow light. The pattern turns out to be such a fashionably golden. The resulting overall golden illumination makes the image softer.

If you want to make the tone cooler, and skin colors and dresses more natural, you can adjust the white balance or post-processing. Although this can ruin all the romance of lighting. Initially, the white balance was set to 5560 K, to “cool” it, you can reduce the temperature to 4500 K.

This concludes this lesson. Complex, the full understanding of which comes only with practical experience, which we wish you, our dear readers, to acquire as soon as possible.

Husqvarna lth130: TractorData.com Husqvarna LTH130 tractor information

Опубликовано: April 23, 2023 в 4:36 pm

Автор: alexxlab

Категории: Miscellaneous

Husqvarna LTh230 Lawn Tractor Price, Specs, Review 2023

February 24, 2023February 16, 2023 by RANJITSINH MANTRI

Husqvarna LTh230 Price, Reviews, Specs, Engine Oil Capacity, Weight, Serial Numbers, Attachments, Features & Pictures

Husqvarna LTh230 Lawn Tractor is fitted with a Kohler CV15S gasoline 1-cylinder air-cooled 426 cc engine, which delivers 13 hp (9.7 kW) power.

Husqvarna LTh230 Lawn Tractor featured a 13HP Kohler 426cc 1-cyl gasoline engine, hydrostatic transmission, 4×2 2WD, infinite forward and reverse gears, and 2 gals 7.6 L fuel capacity.

Husqvarna LTh230 Lawn tractor attachments include a 42″ mid-mount mower deck.

Now, let’s find out the Husqvarna LTh230 Lawn Tractor Price, Parts Specs, Weight, Attachments, Reviews, Serial numbers & Images.

Husqvarna LTh230 Price

Husqvarna LTh230 Original Price: $1,650

Husqvarna LTh230 Serial Number

Not Available

Husqvarna LTh230 Review Video

<tbody> <tr> <td>Engine</td> <td>Kohler CV15S gasoline 1-cylinder air-cooled</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Displacement</td> <td>426 cc<br />26 ci</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Bore/Stroke</td> <td>3.54×2.64 inches<br />90 x 67 mm</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Power</td> <td>13 hp<br />9.7 kW</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Starter</td> <td>electric</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Starter volts</td> <td>12</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Sparkplug</td> <td>Champion RC12YC</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Sparkplug gap</td> <td>0.040 inches<br />1.016 mm</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <h4>Husqvarna LTh230 Transmission</h4> <table border="1"> <tbody> <tr> <td>Transmission</td> <td>Hydro-gear 310-500</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Type</td> <td>belt-driven hydrostatic</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Gears</td> <td>infinite forward and reverse</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <h4>Husqvarna LTh230 Tires</h4> <table border="1"> <tbody> <tr> <td>Lawn/turf front</td> <td>15×6-6</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Lawn/turf rear</td> <td>18×8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/81nyf90qkFL._AC_SL1500_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/81nyf90qkFL._AC_SL1500_.jpg' /></noscript> 5.-8</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <h4>Husqvarna LTh230 Mechanical</h4> <table border="1"> <tbody> <tr> <td>Chassis</td> <td>4×2 2WD</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Steering</td> <td>manual</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Cab</td> <td>Open operator station.</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <h4>Husqvarna LTh230 PTO</h4> <table border="1"> <tbody> <tr> <td>Mid PTO</td> <td>independent</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Clutch</td> <td>electric</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <h4>Husqvarna LTh230 Electrical</h4> <table border="1"> <tbody> <tr> <td>Ground</td> <td>negative</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Charging amps</td> <td>3 (battery)</td> </tr> <tr> <td/> <td>5 (lights)</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Battery CCA</td> <td>190</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Battery volts</td> <td>12</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Battery AH</td> <td>25</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <h3>Husqvarna LTh230 Attachments</h3> <table border="1"> <tbody> <tr> <td colspan="2"><strong>42″ Mower deck</strong></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Type</td> <td>mid-mount Husqvarna</td> </tr> <tr> <td/> <td>2-blade with manual lift</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Cutting width</td> <td>42 inches<br />106 cm</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Cut height</td> <td>1.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i5.walmartimages.com/asr/c69ab1a5-4e66-451b-96c6-bface2d55f60_1.aadb2125009b39ed44363664339e6771.jpeg?odnHeight=450&odnWidth=450&odnBg=ffffff" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i5.walmartimages.com/asr/c69ab1a5-4e66-451b-96c6-bface2d55f60_1.aadb2125009b39ed44363664339e6771.jpeg?odnHeight=450&odnWidth=450&odnBg=ffffff' /></noscript> 5 to 4 inch<br />3 to 10 cm</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <p><strong>Also Check:</strong></p> <ul> <li>John deere 4066r </li> <li>John deer g110</li> <li>Kubota m105s</li> <li>Wheel horse 416 8</li> <li>John deere 5425</li> </ul> <h4>Final Words</h4> <p>That was all about the <strong>Husqvarna LTh230 Tractor Price, Specs, Review, and Key Features</strong>, but if you have any query regarding this post, then please comment below in the comment box, We will solve your problem as soon as possible, thanks for visiting our site and stay tuned to our site for more new stuff like this.</p> <p>RANJITSINH MANTRI</p> <p>My name is Ranjitsinh Mantri founder of this blog and I am a full-time blogger writing is my passion. Just before 4 years ago We started this website in <strong>2019 with my team</strong> to share our knowledge about tractor models and its prices guide on the internet.</p> <p>This website uses cookies to improve your experience. We’ll assume you’re ok with this, but you can opt-out if you wish.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i5.walmartimages.com/asr/bd36806f-028b-4653-ae04-edd2573e63bb.f70350d0bd85b01fbc5fc411e9941ff3.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i5.walmartimages.com/asr/bd36806f-028b-4653-ae04-edd2573e63bb.f70350d0bd85b01fbc5fc411e9941ff3.jpeg' /></noscript> Cookie settingsACCEPT</p> <h2>HUSQVARNA LTh230 OWNER’S MANUAL Pdf Download</h2> <p> Download</p> <p> Table of Contents</p> <p> Add to my manuals </p> <p> Bookmark this page</p> <p> Manual will be automatically added to “My Manuals” </p> <p> Print this page</p> <p>Table Of Contents</p> <p> <b>4</b></p> <ul role="tablist"> <li href="#manual_" aria-controls="manual_" role="tab" data-toggle="tab"> <p> page</p> <p> of<br /> 52</p> </li> <li aria-controls="contents"> <p> Contents</p> </li> <li role="presentation"> <p> Table of Contents</p> </li> <li role="presentation"> <p> Troubleshooting</p> </li> <li role="presentation"> <p> Bookmarks</p> </li> </ul> <p>Table of Contents</p> <ul> <li> <h4>Safety Rules</h4> </li> <li> <h4>Product Specifications</h4> <ul> <li>Table of Contents</p> </li> <li>Contents of Hardware Pack</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <h4>Customer Responsibilities</h4> </li> <li> <h4>Assembly</h4> <ul> <li/> <li>Assembly</p> </li> <li>Operation</p> </li> <li>Cutting Height</p> <ul> <li>Operation</p> </li> <li>Oil Level</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li>Starting the Engine</p> <ul> <li>Starting</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li>Mowing Tips</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <h4>Operation</h4> <ul> <li>Lubrication Chart</p> </li> <li>Maintenance Schedule</p> </li> <li> <ul> <li>Transaxle</p> </li> <li>Levels</p> </li> <li>Oil Change</li> <li>Engine</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li>Air Screen</p> <ul> <li>Cooling Fins</p> </li> <li>Fuel Filter</p> </li> <li>Spark Plug(S)</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li>Muffler</p> <ul> <li>Removal</p> </li> <li>Side-To-Side</p> </li> <li>To Level Mower Housing</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li>Brake Adjustment</p> <ul> <li>Installation</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li/></ul> </li> <li> <h4>Maintenance Schedule</h4> </li> <li> <h4>Service and Adjustments</h4> <ul> <li>Tractor Battery</p> </li> <li> <ul> <li>Remove Hood/Grill Assembly</p> </li> <li>Replace Headlight Bulb Interlocks/Relays</p> </li> <li>Carburetor</p> </li> <li>Throttle Control Cable</p> </li> <li>Cleaning</p> </li> <li>Storage</p> </li> <li>Terminals</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li>Troubleshooting</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <h4>Troubleshooting</h4> <ul> <li>Schematic</p> </li> <li>Repair Parts – Tractor</p> </li> <li>Repair Parts</p> </li> <li>Steering Assembly</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <h4>Repair Parts – Tractor</h4> <ul> <li>Replacement</p> </li> </ul> </li> <li> <h4>Warranty</h4> </li> </ul> <p>Advertisement</p> <p>LTh230</p> <p>This product has a low emission engine which operates differently</p> <p>from previously built engines.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/az417944.vo.msecnd.net/diagrams/manufacturer/husqvarna/ride-mower/lth-1542-96013000900-2005-10/drive/diagram.gif" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/az417944.vo.msecnd.net/diagrams/manufacturer/husqvarna/ride-mower/lth-1542-96013000900-2005-10/drive/diagram.gif' /></noscript> Before you start the engine, read</p> <p>and understand this Owner’s Manual.</p> <p>Owner’s Manual</p> <p> Table of Contents </p> <p> Previous Page </p> <p> Next Page</p> <p>Table of Contents</p> <h5>Summary of Contents for Husqvarna LTh230</h5> <h2> Husqvarna LT130 Owner’s Manual – ManualsBase.com </h2> <h6> Summary of Page #1 </h6> <p> LT130 <br /> Owner’s Manual </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 2 </h6> <p> SAFETY RULES Safe Operation Practices for Ride-On Mowers IMPORTANT: THIS CUTTING MACHINE IS CAPABLE OF AMPUTATING HANDS AND FEET AND THROWING OBJECTS. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. I. GENERAL OPERATION III. CHILDREN • Read, understand, and follow all instructions in the manual Tragic accidents can occur if the operator is not alert to the and on the machine before starting.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/uLEAAOSwNqZgYaSh/s-l1600.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/uLEAAOSwNqZgYaSh/s-l1600.jpg' /></noscript> presence of children. Children are often attracted to the </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 3 </h6> <p> CONGRATULATIONS on your purchase of a new tractor. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS It has been designed, engineered and manufactured to HORSEPOWER: 13.0 give you the best possible dependability and performance. GASOLINE CAPACITY 2 GALLONS Should you experience any problem you cannot easily AND TYPE: UNLEADED REGULAR remedy, please contact your nearest authorized service center/department. We have competent, well-trained tech- OIL TYPE (API-SF/SG): SAE 30 (above 32°F) nicians and the proper tools to ser </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 4 </h6> <p> TABLE OF CONTENTS SAFETY RULES ……………………………………….. ………….. 2 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ……………….. …. 14 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS………………………… 3 SERVICE AND ADJUSTMENTS . ……………………. 19-23 CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES ……………….. .. 3, 14-17 STORAGE.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/0e/ac/3f/0eac3fec2bfe5ed11a9a16bb9065dd94.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/0e/ac/3f/0eac3fec2bfe5ed11a9a16bb9065dd94.jpg' /></noscript> ………………………………….. ……………………. 24 ASSEMBLY …………………. ………………………………….. 6-9TROUBLESHOO </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 5 </h6> <p> CONTENTS OF HARDWARE PACK Parts Bag contents shown full size (2) Nylon Locknuts<br /> (2) Screws #10 x 5/8 3/8-16 (2) Weld<br /> Nuts #10 (2) Washers<br /> (2) Hex Bolts 3/8-16 x 1 17/32 x 7/8 x 16 Ga. (2) lock<br /> Washers #10 Parts packed separately in carton (2) Washers<br /> 3/16 x 3/4 x 16 Gauge (1) Large<br /> Flat Washer (3) Tinnerman<br /> Seat Clip Steering<br /> Wheel Nose Roller (1) Locknut<br /> 3/8-24 (1) Hex Bolt 5/16-18 x 1-1/4 Mulcher<br /> (1) Locknut 5/16-18 Manual Plate Parts Bag (1) Shoul </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 6 </h6> <p> ASSEMBLY Your new tractor has been assembled at the factory with an exception of those parts left unassembled for shipping purposes. To ensure safe and proper operation of your tractor all parts and hardware you assemble must be tightened securely.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/61KHm0emrgL._AC_SL1100_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/61KHm0emrgL._AC_SL1100_.jpg' /></noscript> Use the correct tools as necessary to insure proper tightness. TOOLS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY INSERT A socket wrench set will make assembly easier. Standard 3/8-24 LOCKNUT wrench sizes are listed. LARGE FLAT (2) 7/16″ wrenches Phillips Screwdriver WASHER </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 7 </h6> <p> ASSEMBLY CONNECT BATTERY (See Figs. 2 and 3) CAUTION: Do not short battery terminals. Before connecting battery, re- SEAT move metal bracelets, wristwatch PAN bands, rings, etc. Positive terminal must be connected first to prevent sparking from accidental grounding. BATTERY • Remove cardboard packing from seat pan and lift seat BOX DOOR pan to raised position. • Open battery box door. • Remove terminal protective caps and discard. • If this battery is put into service after month and year </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 8 </h6> <p> ASSEMBLY INSTALL MULCHER PLATE TO ATTACH NOSE ROLLER (See Fig. 4) (See Figs. 7 and 8) • Position brackets, 17/32 x 7/8 x 16 gauge washers, and nose roller between deck mounting brackets as shown.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/uLgAAOSwYyVcfC9k/s-l1600.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/uLgAAOSwYyVcfC9k/s-l1600.jpg' /></noscript> • Install two latch hooks to mulcher plate using screw, Be sure to position brackets on correct side, as shown. washer, lock washer, and weld nut as shown. • Install 3/8-16 x 1 hex bolts and 3/8-16 crownlock nuts NOTE: Pre-assemble weld nut to latch hook by inserting as shown. Tighten hardware securely </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 9 </h6> <p> ASSEMBLY TO CONVERT TO BAGGING OR 3 CHECKLIST DISCHARGING BEFORE YOU OPERATE AND ENJOY YOUR NEW Simply remove mulcher plate and store in a safe place. TRACTOR, WE WISH TO ASSURE THAT YOU RECEIVE Your mower is now ready for discharging or installation of THE BEST PERFORMANCE AND SATISFACTION FROM optional grass catcher accessory. THIS QUALITY PRODUCT. NOTE: It is not necessary to change blades. The mulcher PLEASE REVIEW THE FOLLOWING CHECKLIST: blades are designed for discharging and bagging al </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 10 </h6> <p> OPERATION KNOW YOUR TRACTOR READ THIS OWNER’S MANUAL AND SAFETY RULES BEFORE OPERATING YOUR TRACTOR Compare the illustrations with your tractor to familiarize yourself with the locations of various controls and adjustments.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71FBZ-f91PL.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71FBZ-f91PL.jpg' /></noscript> Save this manual for future reference. FIG. 9Our tractors conform to the sa </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 11 </h6> <p> OPERATION WEAR YOUR The operation of any tractor can result in foreign objects thrown into the eyes, which SAFETY GLASSES can result in severe eye damage. Always wear safety glasses or eye shields while FORESIGHT IS BETTER operating your tractor or performing any adjustments or repairs. We recommend a wide THAN NO SIGHT vision safety mask for over the spectacles or standard safety glasses. TO MOVE FORWARD AND BACKWARD HOW TO USE YOUR TRACTOR (See Fig. 10) TO SET PARKING BRAKE (See Fig. 1 </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 12 </h6> <p> OPERATION • Move gearshift lever to 1st gear. Be sure you have TO OPERATE MOWER (See Fig. 11) allowed room for tractor to roll slightly as you restart Your tractor is equipped with an operator presence sensing movement. switch. Any attempt by the operator to leave the seat with • To restart movement, slowly release parking brake and the engine running and the attachment clutch engaged will clutch/brake pedal.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.motoruf.de/bild2cache/zenbit_katbilder_husq10693_gif-1527-1800.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.motoruf.de/bild2cache/zenbit_katbilder_husq10693_gif-1527-1800.jpg' /></noscript> shut off the engine. • Make all turns slowly. • Select desired height of cut. • Sta </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 13 </h6> <p> OPERATION TO START ENGINE (See Fig. 9) • When operating attachments, select a ground speed that will suit the terrain and give best performance of When starting engine for the first time or if engine has run the attachment being used. out of fuel, it will take extra cranking time to move fuel from the tank to the engine. • Depress clutch/brake pedal and set parking brake. • Place gearshift lever in neutral (N) position. • Move attachment clutch to “DISENGAGED” position. • Move throttle control l </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 14 </h6> <p> CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FILL IN DATES AS YOU COMPLETE REGULAR SERVICE SERVICE DATES Check Brake Operation 4 4 Check Tire Pressure 4 4 T Check for Loose Fasteners 4 4 7 4 R Sharpen/Replace Mower Blades 4 4 A Lubrication Chart 4 4 C Check Battery Level /Recharge 6 4 T Clean Battery and Terminals 0 4 4 R Check Transaxle Cooling 4 Adjust Blade Belt(s) Tension 4 5 Adjust Motion Drive Belt(s) Tension 4 5 Check Engine Oil Level 4 4 Change Engine Oil 4 4 1 1, 2.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/saag24.ee/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/5568_58c67e365f7399.55933449_141580602_large.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/saag24.ee/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/5568_58c67e365f7399.55933449_141580602_large.jpg' /></noscript> 3 4 Clean Air Filter </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 15 </h6> <p> CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES TO SHARPEN BLADE (See Fig. 15) TRACTOR Care should be taken to keep the blade balanced. An Always observe safety rules when performing any mainte- unbalanced blade will cause excessive vibration and even- nance. tual damage to power and engine. • The blade can be sharpened with a file or on a grinding BRAKE OPERATION wheel. Do not attempt to sharpen while on the mower. If tractor requires more than six (6) feet stopping distance • To check blade balance, you will need </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 16 </h6> <p> CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES V-BELTS OIL FILL CAP/DIPSTICK Check V-belts for deterioration and wear after 100 hours of operation and replace if necessary. The belts are not adjustable. Replace belts if they begin to slip from wear. TRANSAXLE COOLING Keep transaxle free from build-up of dirt and chaff which can restrict cooling. ENGINE OIL DRAIN PLUG LUBRICATION Only use high quality detergent oil rated with API service FIG.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/benzolider.spb.ru/upload/iblock/e34/e34975d5243cff1e0cf3851ce60d8e69.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/benzolider.spb.ru/upload/iblock/e34/e34975d5243cff1e0cf3851ce60d8e69.png' /></noscript> 16 classification SF or SG. Select the oil’s SAE viscosity grade according </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 17 </h6> <p> CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES MUFFLER COVER KNOB Inspect and replace corroded muffler and spark arrester (if equipped) as it could create a fire hazard and/or damage. CARTRIDGE NUT SPARK PLUGS COVER Replace spark plugs at the beginning of each mowing season or after every 100 hours of operation, whichever PAPER occurs first. Spark plug type and gap setting are shown in CARTRIDGE “PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS” on page 3 of this manual. FOAM PRE-CLEANER IN-LINE FUEL FILTER (See Fig. 19) The fuel filter sh </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 18 </h6> <p> SERVICE AND ADJUSTMENTS CAUTION: BEFORE PERFORMING ANY SERVICE OR ADJUSTMENTS: • Depress clutch/brake pedal fully and set parking brake. • Place gearshift lever in neutral (N) position. • Place attachment clutch in “DISENGAGED” position. • Turn ignition key “OFF” and remove key. • Make sure the blades and all moving parts have completely stopped.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/bestsmartcameras.com/tractors/cache/286/BingImages_589032.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/bestsmartcameras.com/tractors/cache/286/BingImages_589032.png' /></noscript> • Disconnect spark plug wire from spark plug and place wire where it cannot come in contact with plug. TRACTOR CLUTCH LEVER TO REMOVE MOWER (See Fig. </p> <h6> Summary of page no. 19 </h6> <p> SERVICE AND ADJUSTMENTS FRONT-TO-BACK ADJUSTMENT (See Figs. 23 and 24) TO LEVEL MOWER HOUSING IMPORTANT: DECK MUST BE LEVEL SIDE-TO-SIDE. IF Adjust the mower while tractor is parked on level ground or THE FOLLOWING FRONT-TO-BACK ADJUSTMENT IS driveway. Make sure tires are properly inflated (See NECESSARY, BE SURE TO ADJUST BOTH FRONT LINKS “PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS” on page 3 of this manual). EQUALLY SO MOWER WILL STAY LEVEL SIDE-TO- If tires are over or underinflated, you will not properly a </p> <h6> Summary of Page No. 20 </h6> <p> SERVICE AND ADJUSTMENTS TO REPLACE MOWER BLADE DRIVE BELT WITH PARKING BRAKE “ENGAGED” (See Fig. 25) The mower blade drive belt may be replaced without tools. Park the tractor on level surface. Engage parking brake. 1-1/2″<br /> BELT REMOVAL – • Remove mower from tractor (See “TO REMOVE MOWER” in this section of this manual).<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/sgardendata.fra1.cdn.digitaloceanspaces.com/ipls/214/98262_sh41.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/sgardendata.fra1.cdn.digitaloceanspaces.com/ipls/214/98262_sh41.png' /></noscript> NUT “A” • Work belt off both mandrel pulleys and idler pulleys. JAM NUT • Pull belt away from mower. BELT INSTALLATION – • Install new belt in reverse order of removal. •Make </p> <h2> Husqvarna TC130 garden tractor 9605101-23 </h2> <ul> <li data-target="tab-description"> Description </li> <li data-target="tab-specification"> Characteristics </li> <li data-target="tab-downloads"> Documentation </li> <li data-target="tab-review"> Reviews (0) </li> <li data-target="tab-related7"> Accessories </li> </ul> <h4> Description </h4> <p> <strong> Husqvarna TC130 </strong> garden tractor is a machine used by owners of private houses to care for the garden and surrounding area. The reliable Briggs&Stratton engine guarantees long service life of the unit. Operating mode: collecting in a grass collector. It is possible to equip with a mulching device. With attachments (trailer, scarifier, moss rake, gravel harrow, tractor spreader, etc.), the machine becomes multifunctional. There is a system for the presence of the operator, a system for disabling knives when reversing.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/labequip.ru/wp-content/uploads/a/5/0/a5041f18f2b98a282158314d2a985744.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/labequip.ru/wp-content/uploads/a/5/0/a5041f18f2b98a282158314d2a985744.jpeg' /></noscript> The cutting height is adjustable with a lever on the wing and varies from 38mm to 102mm. </p> <table abp="16452" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" st="" yle="BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse"> <tbody abp="16453"> <tr abp="16454"> <td abp="16455" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16456" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16459" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16460"> The compact design of the machine makes it easy to maneuver in small areas; tractor takes up much less storage space </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16461"> <td abp="16462" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16463" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16466" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16467"> Extended leg support for comfortable and easy entry and exit <b abp="16468"> .<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/sgardendata.fra1.cdn.digitaloceanspaces.com/ipls/230/48614_tuv0.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/sgardendata.fra1.cdn.digitaloceanspaces.com/ipls/230/48614_tuv0.png' /></noscript> </b> </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16469"> <td abp="16470"> <p abp="16471" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16476"> <p abp="16477"> Husqvarna TC 130 mini tractor’s speed and direction is easily controlled with foot-operated hydrostatic transmission. There are separate pedals for forward and reverse movement. This allows the operator to keep both hands on the steering wheel and maximize control of the steering process. </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16478"> <td abp="16479"> <p abp="16480" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16483"> <p abp="16484"> The Husqvarna TC 130 tractor is equipped with a powerful single-cylinder Briggs & Stratton Husqvarna Series Intek 3125 engine with a maximum pressure forced lubrication system, an oil pump and an oil filter. Powerful and quiet. </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16485"> <td abp="16486"> <p abp="16487" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16490"> Battery indicator with charger gives a clear indication of the battery status, making it easy to see the charge level.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/sgardendata.fra1.cdn.digitaloceanspaces.com/ipls/252/96252_o8cl.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/sgardendata.fra1.cdn.digitaloceanspaces.com/ipls/252/96252_o8cl.png' /></noscript> The charger connector is located next to the indicator for more convenient battery charging. </td> </tr> <tr abp="16506"> <td abp="16507"> <p abp="16508" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16513"> <p abp="16514"> The mechanical clutch for engaging the cutting blade/blades is conveniently located on the control panel. </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16515"> <td abp="16516" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16518" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16523" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16524"> Fender-mounted lever provides easy access to grass cutting height adjustment for improved ergonomics. Spring-loaded cutting deck makes adjustments easy. </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16525"> <td abp="16526" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16527" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16530" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> The Husqvarna TC 130 tractor has an adjustable sliding seat.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/snabkz.ru/wp-content/uploads/5/f/3/5f3f40389057a19371c01dfadc67a2d2.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/snabkz.ru/wp-content/uploads/5/f/3/5f3f40389057a19371c01dfadc67a2d2.jpeg' /></noscript> The operator can adjust the longitudinal position of the seat without getting up from it. </td> </tr> <tr abp="16531"> <td abp="16532" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16533" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16536" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16537"> The tractor’s comfortable steering wheel is angled for a more comfortable working position. </p> </td> </tr> <tr abp="16538"> <td abp="16539" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16540" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16543" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> The cutting unit, ventilated with Air Induction, produces an exceptionally powerful jet of air for a perfect cut. </td> </tr> <tr abp="16544"> <td abp="16545" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16546" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16549" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> The swivel front axle provides good stability and ride comfort, providing excellent flotation even on rough terrain </td> </tr> <tr abp="16559"> <td abp="16560" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> <p abp="16561" align="center"> </td> <td abp="16564" st="" yle="BORDER-BOTTOM-COLOR: ; BORDER-TOP-COLOR: ; BORDER-RIGHT-COLOR: ; BORDER-LEFT-COLOR: "> Husqvarna TC 130 garden tractor equipped with headlights for comfortable working in the dark and cup holder </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <ul abp="16443"> <li abp="16444"> The efficient <strong abp="16445"> Husqvarna TC 130 </strong> garden tractor is compact, ergonomic and easy to use.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/NoCAjMj8_2g/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/NoCAjMj8_2g/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> </li> <li abp="16446"> Premium powder coated cutting deck resists corrosion and is durable. </li> <li abp="16447"> Large (200L) efficient grass collector ideal for collecting grass and leaves. No need to leave the operator’s seat to empty it. Equipped with audible full indicator. </li> <li abp="16448"> For safety reasons <strong abp="16449"> </strong> the Reverse Control System (ROS) turns off the cutting blades when reversing, there is also an automatic switch under the seat, if the operator leaves the seat, the cutting deck will automatically turn off. </li> <li abp="16450"> The BioClip® plug (accessory) allows the Husqvarna TC 130 lawn tractor to be used in grass cutting mode and then used as fertilizer. </li> </ul> <p>The Husqvarna TC130 garden tractor is a machine used by owners of private houses to care for the garden and surrounding area. The reliable Briggs&Stratton engine guarantees long service life of the unit. Operating mode: collecting in a grass collector. It is possible to equip with a mulching device.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/x3S05GUIwZk/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/x3S05GUIwZk/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> With attachments (trailer, scarifier, moss rake, gravel harrow, tractor spreader, etc.), the machine becomes multifunctional. There is a system for the presence of the operator, a system for disabling knives when reversing. The cutting height is adjustable with a lever on the wing and varies from 38mm to 102mm.</p> <p>The compact design of the machine makes it easy to maneuver in small areas; the tractor takes up much less storage space</p> <p>Increased leg support ensures comfort and ease of entry and exit.</p> <p>Easy speed control and </p> <h4> Features </h4> <table> <thead> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <strong> Features </strong> </td> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td> Weight kg </td> <td> 176 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Alternator, A </td> <td> 12 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Battery capacity, Ah </td> <td> 28 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Sound pressure at operator’s ear, dB(A) </td> <td> 85 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Number of cylinders </td> <td> 1 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine model </td> <td> Intek 3125 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine power, kW </td> <td> 6.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/RZBxrZzJOI4/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/RZBxrZzJOI4/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> 3 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine power, h.p. </td> <td> 8.5 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Battery voltage, V </td> <td> 12 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Fuel tank capacity, l </td> <td> 5.7 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine cooling </td> <td> Air </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine manufacturer </td> <td> Husqvarna </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Displacement cm³ </td> <td> 344 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Hour meter </td> <td> No </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine type </td> <td> Petrol </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Transmission type </td> <td> Hydrostatic </td> </tr> </tbody> <thead> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <strong> Filters </strong> </td> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td> Cutting height, mm </td> <td> 38-102 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Engine power, h.p. </td> <td> 8.5 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Cutting width cm </td> <td> 77 </td> </tr> </tbody> <thead> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <strong> Dimensions and weights </strong> </td> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td> Gross weight, kg </td> <td> 178 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Shipping height mm </td> <td> 2500 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Shipping length mm </td> <td> 1120 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Wheelbase cm/in </td> <td> 119 / 47 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Tire size cm/in </td> <td> 13×5-6 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Packed width mm </td> <td> 1120 </td> </tr> </tbody> <thead> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <strong> Cutting equipment </strong> </td> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td> Cutting height, min-max, mm </td> <td> 38-102 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Cutting deck material </td> <td> Steel </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Blade clutch </td> <td> Mechanical </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Cutting modes </td> <td> To grass bag </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Cutting width cm </td> <td> 77 </td> </tr> </tbody> <thead> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <strong> Equipment </strong> </td> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td> Number of knives </td> <td> 1 </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Headlight </td> <td> Yes </td> </tr> </tbody> <thead> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <strong> Drive system </strong> </td> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td> Number of gears forward </td> <td> Continuously variable </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Number of gears, reverse </td> <td> Continuously variable </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Drive </td> <td> Rear </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Forward speed, min-max, km/h </td> <td> 0-6.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/data2.manualslib.com/first-image/i2/8/745/74430/husqvarna-lth130.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/data2.manualslib.com/first-image/i2/8/745/74430/husqvarna-lth130.jpg' /></noscript></p> </div> </div> </article> <article id="post-1915" class="post-1915 post type-post status-publish format-standard hentry category-miscellaneous"> <h2><a href="https://team357.org/miscellaneous/good-laser-color-printer-the-4-best-laser-printers-of-2023.html">Good laser color printer: The 4 Best Laser Printers of 2023</a></h2> <div class="meta"> <p>Опубликовано: April 22, 2023 в 4:36 pm</p> <p>Автор: <a href="https://team357.org/author/alexxlab" title="Posts by alexxlab" rel="author">alexxlab</a></p> <p>Категории: <a href="https://team357.org/category/miscellaneous" rel="category tag">Miscellaneous</a></p> </div> <div class="row"> <div class="col-sm-12"> <h2>6 Best Color Laser Printers</h2> <p>By Danielle Abraham</p> <p>Posted: May 30, 2023 3:21 pm</p> <p>Laser printers often offer unbeatable speed, crisper text, and more economical printing than their inkjet peers. Though they are usually more expensive upfront, laser printers handle a much larger monthly volume of prints, run quieter, and their toner cartridges don’t need to be changed often—making them super low maintenance. They may struggle when it comes to photo prints or more specialty media formats, but for any other printing needs, you can’t go wrong. That makes laser printers one of the <u>best home printer</u> options. </p> <p>The market is saturated with printers, and most appear insanely similar, so we’re here to help you determine which color laser printer works best for you. We’ve included all-in-one options that can scan, copy, and fax, along with speed demons ready to spit out color pages like it’s no one’s business. There are some budget-friendly options or even printers ready to take on heavy workloads.<img loading='lazy' src='' /> Check out our favorites below. </p> <h3>TL;DR – These are the best color laser printers:</h3> <ul> <li><strong>Canon Color imageCLASS MF753Cdw</strong></li> <li><strong>Brother HL L3270CDW</strong></li> <li><strong/><strong>HP LaserJet Pro 4201dn</strong></li> <li><strong>Brother MFC‐L8905CDW</strong></li> <li><strong>HP LaserJet Pro M283fdw</strong></li> <li><strong/><strong>Xerox VersaLink C400/DN</strong></li> </ul> <h3>Canon Color imageCLASS MF753Cdw</h3> <h4>Best Color Laser Printer<br /> </h4> <p>Canon</p> <p>imageCLASS MF753Cdw</p> <h4/></h4> <ul> <li><u><strong/></u><strong>See it on Amazon</strong><u/></li> </ul> <p><strong>Max printing speed:</strong> 35 ppm (black), 35 ppm (color) |<strong> Max printing resolution:</strong> 1200 x 1200 dpi | <strong>Max paper size:</strong> 8.5″ x 14″ | <strong>Max copying resolution:</strong> 1200 x 1200 dpi | <strong>Max scanning resolution:</strong> 600 x 600 dpi | <strong>Recommended monthly volume: </strong>4,000 pages | <strong>Printer size: </strong>16.8″ x 18.2″ x 17″ | <strong>Connectivity:</strong> USB 2.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/1000dosok.ru/s/17-02-5540569.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/1000dosok.ru/s/17-02-5540569.jpg' /></noscript> 0, ethernet, Wi‐Fi</p> <p>For a laser printer that does it all without breaking a sweat, grab the Canon Color imageCLASS MF753Cdw. You won’t be waiting long for even your largest files to print, as it delivers black and white along with color copies at a rate of 35 pages per minute. Automatic duplex printing also helps save on paper. It’s a high-yield option, so you can print thousands of pages before worrying about replacing the toner cartridge. That makes the high upfront cost more manageable. </p> <p>Of course, the Canon MF753Cdw does more than print: it copies, scans, and faxes, which can all be handled using the five-inch LCD touchscreen. You’ll especially appreciate the one-pass two-sided scanning and auto document feeder, making it much easier to deal with big documents. It’s possible to save those scans directly to a USB, or the printer connects via Wi-Fi and Ethernet, making it easy to do jobs from just about any device. </p> <h3>Brother HL L3270CDW</h3> <h4>Best Budget Color Laser Printer </h4> <p>Brother</p> <p>HL L3270CDW</p> <p>Brother – HL-L3270CDW Wireless Color Laser Printer from Best Buy</p> <p><strong>Max printing speed:</strong> 25 ppm (black), 25 ppm (color) |<strong> Max printing resolution:</strong> 2400 x 600 dpi | <strong>Max paper size:</strong> 8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.zoomranker.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Best-Color-Laser-Printers.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.zoomranker.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Best-Color-Laser-Printers.jpg' /></noscript> 5″ x 14″ | <strong>Recommended monthly volume: </strong>1,500 pages | <strong>Printer size: </strong>9.9″ x 17.3″ x 18.1″ | <strong>Connectivity:</strong> USB 2.0, ethernet, Wi‐Fi, NFC</p> <p>Laser printers get expensive quickly, and adding color to the mix makes them even pricier. Brother’s HL L3270CDW delivers those speedy laser prints you love but for a more digestible $300 price tag. It’s no slacker, pumping out 25 pages per minute with crisp text and graphic output. Auto duplex printing and a 250-sheet paper tray mean you can be hands-off during the entire process too. </p> <p>Though you save a good chunk of change with the Brother HL L3270CDW over other printers on this list, you do lose scanning, copying, and faxing capabilities. Its running costs are also a bit higher than more expensive offerings, so this printer is better for lower volume workloads. But we can’t complain about its ample connectivity, including Apple AirPrint, Alexa Print, Ethernet, and Wi-Fi. A 2.7-inch LCD screen even takes on print jobs from the cloud and social media sites.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/11/57/a2/1157a2b52ce6f9717f509ae59a59fa7e.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/11/57/a2/1157a2b52ce6f9717f509ae59a59fa7e.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <h3>HP LaserJet Pro 4201dn</h3> <h4>Fastest Color Laser Printer</h4> <p>HP</p> <p>LaserJet Pro 4201dn</p> <p><strong>Max printing speed:</strong> 35 ppm (black), 35 ppm (color) |<strong> Max printing resolution:</strong> 600 x 600 dpi | <strong>Max paper size:</strong> 8.5″ x 14″ | <strong>Recommended monthly volume: </strong>4,000 pages | <strong>Printer size: </strong>16.6” x 16.8” x 11.3″ | <strong>Connectivity:</strong> USB 2.0, ethernet, Wi‐Fi </p> <p>Do you want a laser printer that spits out pages like it’s no one’s business? The HP LaserJet Pro 4201dn delivers prints at 35 pages per minute in both mono and color, with the first page coming out in under 10 seconds. Even if you’re getting these documents quickly, they still have sharp details and accurate colors for a professional look that you can distribute at business meetings or post as flyers. </p> <p>The HP LaserJet Pro 4201dn has a recommended monthly page volume of up to 4,000, ensuring you can print all your long documents without the worry of a drop in performance from the printer.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/3.bp.blogspot.com/-mnNXuZVGGi4/Ws-EtQEDB7I/AAAAAAAABD0/BEschtpR-n45lHReuKtVqjaowxVc8EoFQCLcBGAs/w1200-h630-p-k-no-nu/Printer%2BFuji%2BXerox%2BDocuPrint%2BCP115%2Bw.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/3.bp.blogspot.com/-mnNXuZVGGi4/Ws-EtQEDB7I/AAAAAAAABD0/BEschtpR-n45lHReuKtVqjaowxVc8EoFQCLcBGAs/w1200-h630-p-k-no-nu/Printer%2BFuji%2BXerox%2BDocuPrint%2BCP115%2Bw.jpg' /></noscript> A 250-sheet paper tray also makes for a set-it-and-forget-it option. You even get all the latest connectivity, including easy printing from mobile devices, thanks to the HP Smart App, Apple AirPrint, and Mopria certification. However, it’s important to note there are no scanning or copying abilities. </p> <h3>Brother MFC‐L8905CDW</h3> <h4>Most Economical Color Laser Printer </h4> <p>Brother</p> <p>MFC‐L8905CDW</p> <p><strong>Max printing speed:</strong> 33 ppm (black), 33 ppm (color) |<strong> Max printing resolution:</strong> 2400 x 600 dpi | <strong>Max paper size:</strong> 8.5″ x 14″ | <strong>Max copying resolution:</strong> 1200 x 600 dpi | <strong>Max scanning resolution:</strong> 1200 x 2400 dpi (flatbed), 1200 x 600 dpi (ADF) | <strong>Recommended monthly volume: </strong>4,000 pages | <strong>Printer size: </strong>19.5″ x 20.7″ x 21.6″ | <strong>Connectivity:</strong> USB 2.0, ethernet, Wi‐Fi</p> <p>Laser printers may cost a good chunk of change up front, but in the long run, they may actually save you money, especially when you compare them to inkjet printers.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/81VDPXtQ3iL._AC_SL1500_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/81VDPXtQ3iL._AC_SL1500_.jpg' /></noscript> Brother’s MFC‐L8905CDW is one of the best values available, thanks to its high-yield toner. About 8,000 pages can be printed from Brother’s high-capacity replacement cartridge, making your cost per page significantly lower than other printers. Even their regular cartridges should deliver almost 2,000 color prints before needing replacement. </p> <p>The Brother MFC‐L8905CDW isn’t exclusively a printer either. It shines in both scanning and copying. When scanning, you won’t have to do much thanks to both an auto document feeder and single-pass duplex scanning. No matter what you use this device for, the resulting documents should be sharp and detailed. And perhaps best of all, there’s limited upkeep involved: just occasionally changing the toner cartridges and refilling the paper trays. But it’s bulky, so be sure you’ve got the space. </p> <h3>HP LaserJet Pro M283fdw</h3> <h4>Best Color Laser for a Home Office </h4> <p>HP</p> <p>LaserJet Pro M283fdw</p> <p><strong>Max printing speed:</strong> 22 ppm (black), 22 ppm (color) |<strong> Max printing resolution:</strong> 600 x 600 dpi | <strong>Max paper size:</strong> 8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.brevo-service.de/bilder/produkte/gross/Brother-Farblaserdrucker-HL-L3210CW.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.brevo-service.de/bilder/produkte/gross/Brother-Farblaserdrucker-HL-L3210CW.jpg' /></noscript> 5″ x 14″ | <strong>Recommended monthly volume: </strong>2,500 pages | <strong>Printer size: </strong>16.5” x 16.6” x 13.2” | <strong>Connectivity:</strong> USB 2.0, ethernet, Wi‐Fi</p> <p>If you work from home and need to do a good amount of printing, the HP LaserJet Pro M283fdw will be your new best friend. This all-in-one option prints, scans, copies, and faxes, producing crisp, clear documents every time. If you’ve got multiple people using it at home, there’s a variety of connectivity options, including mobile printing, USB, and ethernet.</p> <p>When it comes to actual printing, the HP LaserJet Pro M283fdw manages 22 pages per minute and has an auto document feeder and duplex printing to make your life easier. It also supports a variety of media sizes up to 8.5 by 14 inches, so you’ll have no issue printing out everything from envelopes to postcards and legal documents, helping to give your at-home business a more professional flare. </p> <h3>Xerox VersaLink C400/DN</h3> <h4>Best High Volume Color Laser Printer</h4> <p>Xerox</p> <p>VersaLink C400/DN</p> <p><strong>Max printing speed:</strong> 36 ppm (black), 36 ppm (color) |<strong> Max printing resolution:</strong> 600 x 600 dpi | <strong>Max paper size:</strong> 8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.buromalzeme.com/ProductImages/90407/original/sl-460w.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.buromalzeme.com/ProductImages/90407/original/sl-460w.jpg' /></noscript> 5″ x 14″ | <strong>Recommended monthly volume: </strong>5,000 pages | <strong>Printer size: </strong>19.3” x 19.2” x 15.7” | <strong>Connectivity:</strong> USB 2.0, ethernet, Wi‐Fi, NFC</p> <p>Those with demanding printing need a printer ready to take on even the biggest jobs. Xerox’s VersaLink C400/DN is up to the challenge. Its main paper tray is ready to house up to 550 sheets, and the printer can spit out 35 pages in under a minute. Auto duplex printing also lets you save on paper. With a maximum monthly duty cycle of 85,000 pages and toner cartridges that should last for 2,000 color and 3,000 monoprints, it’s ideal for smaller offices. </p> <p>Managing all your print jobs is simple thanks to the 5-inch color touch screen, and you can even use the display to print from a USB drive or the cloud when using Wi-Fi. If you’re not using the handy touchscreen, the printer connects to your phone or computer wirelessly, while a wired ethernet option is also available. However, you won’t be able to do anything other than print on this machine.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/nobelprint.ru/files/gallery/1181.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/nobelprint.ru/files/gallery/1181.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <h3>What to look for in a color laser printer</h3> <p>There are a few key features to pay attention to when purchasing a color laser printer. We discuss them below. </p> <p><strong>Speed:</strong> Laser printers are known for their fast prints, thanks to the way toner cartridges work by applying toner to the entire page at once. However, each laser printer varies in speed. Some deliver mono pages more quickly than color, while others print both at blazing-fast speeds. If you’re printing a good amount of longer documents, you want an option that hits 30-35 pages per minute or more. There are even printers ready to handle over 100 pages per minute, but they’re extremely expensive. For those doing smaller print jobs, there’s no need to splurge on the fastest laser printer. Instead, go for something more budget-friendly, as even they can usually spit out at least 20 pages per minute.</p> <p><strong>Monthly Volume:</strong> If you’re getting a printer for a smaller office, you need something that can take on a high volume of prints.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71e-SsSTe6L._AC_SL1500_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71e-SsSTe6L._AC_SL1500_.jpg' /></noscript> Luckily, most printers list how many pages they can handle per month, letting you know how reliable the device will be before you start running into technical issues. This spec is often listed as a monthly duty cycle, and you can also pay attention to the recommended monthly print volume to keep the printer in tip-top shape. Our favorite high-volume printer, Xerox’s VersaLink C400/DN, can handle over 85,000 pages per month, so unless you’re printing off thousands of pages per day, you should be covered by one of our options. </p> <p><strong>Connectivity: </strong>In this day and age, if your printer can only print via an ethernet or USB hooked up to your computer, there’s a problem. Wireless printing makes life much easier, letting you print from a variety of devices using Wi-Fi and apps like AirPrint and Mopria. Some printers even allow you to use their small LCD screen like a smartphone, printing from various cloud services or social media sites. It’s also possible to slot a USB drive directly into many printers.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/image.ceneostatic.pl/data/article_picture/b7/27/1508-ec4c-4e8a-b5a8-3484dcd3ba9b_large.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/image.ceneostatic.pl/data/article_picture/b7/27/1508-ec4c-4e8a-b5a8-3484dcd3ba9b_large.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Print Resolution:</strong> For the best-looking, sharpest prints, you want an option that delivers higher dots per inch, or dpi. As a general rule of thumb, 300 dpi is ideal for most documents. All the printers we’ve selected exceed that amount, so everything should look crisp and clear, even when viewed close up. But, it’s important to note that the higher the dpi, the higher the cost per print, as it consumes more toner. </p> <p><strong>Toner Cartridges:</strong> All our printers include four separate toner cartridges: black, cyan, magenta, and yellow. Different from ink, toner is actually a powder mixture, so drying out isn’t an issue, meaning less waste. You can also usually print out thousands of pages before they need to be replaced, keeping maintenance to a minimum. Some of our picks even have the option to use a high-capacity toner cartridge, delivering an insane amount of prints before needing replacement. Yes, toner cartridges are expensive, but they’re still more economical than ink.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pcmag.com/imagery/articles/01lKisIZ6e0GMss72T1g4s8-2..v1606354217.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pcmag.com/imagery/articles/01lKisIZ6e0GMss72T1g4s8-2..v1606354217.jpg' /></noscript> Just ensure your replacement cartridges are compatible with the printer, as many have special chips allowing the cartridge to work with specific printers. </p> <p><strong>Special Features: </strong>If you’re printing off longer documents, you’ll probably benefit from automatic duplex printing, which prints on the front and back of a page without you needing to lift a finger. You might also want a larger paper tray to ensure you rarely need to intervene when printing. A tray that holds different media formats can come in handy for odd-sized paper. Other features like scanning, copying, and faxing are great for using the printer in an office setting. </p> <p><em>Danielle Abraham is a freelance writer and unpaid music historian. </em></p> <p>If you buy something through this post, IGN may get a share of the sale. For more, learn more.</p> <h2>The best color laser printers for 2023</h2> <p>The best color laser printers can be a great investment for your home office or small business as they can save you quite a bit of time and money.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/NTEeNYx6zv8/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/NTEeNYx6zv8/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> For shoppers on a budget, color laser printers are an ideal buy since many of them are fast with low cost-per-page print costs.</p> <p>The HP Color LaserJet Pro M283cdw is the best color laser printer you can get right now. It prints fast, sports a space-saving design, and includes scanning, copying, and faxing features alongside printing. It even has a handy color touchscreen to navigate its features. It is a bit expensive, but it’s not the only great color laser printer option out there.</p> <p>Looking for something different? Check out our other picks below. You’re sure to find a color laser printer that fits your needs among them.</p> <p>HP Laserjet Pro MFP M283cdw</p> <p>Best all-around color laser for home and office</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>Brother MFC-L3710CDW</p> <p>Best budget color laser printer</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>Brother HL-L3230CDW</p> <p>Best business color laser printer</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>Canon Color imageClass MF644Cdw</p> <p>Best color laser printer for photo printing</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M479fdw</p> <p>Best color laser printer for small to medium businesses</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>Kyocera M6630cidn Color MFP</p> <p>Best all-in-one scalable laser printer for offices</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>HP LaserJet Pro MFP 3101fdwe</p> <p>Best color laser printer for home offices</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <p>Brother HL-L3270CDW</p> <p>Best compact and budget-friendly option</p> <p> Jump to details </p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="tnIwFGgNCS"> HP Laserjet Pro MFP M283cdw</h3> <h4>Best all-around color laser for home and office</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Easy mobile and touchscreen controls </li> <li> Sturdy design that saves space compare to larger laser printers </li> <li> Works with Alexa </li> <li> All-in-one model with scanning and faxing </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> May be too expensive for some home offices </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> It’s the best color laser printer you can buy.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pcmag.com/imagery/roundups/02UzTaQKZiEre7EAaaRzWE1-39.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pcmag.com/imagery/roundups/02UzTaQKZiEre7EAaaRzWE1-39.png' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Who’s it for:</strong> Small business owners and those with a home office.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the HP Laserjet Pro MFP M283cdw:</strong></p> <p>Just because you want a powerful, feature-rich color printer at home, that doesn’t mean it needs to be bulky. The HP Laserjet Pro MFP M283cdw has a simple, modern design, including a helpful 2.7-inch color touchscreen for controls. But it still has enough power (along with scanning, copying, and faxing capabilities) to handle jobs for a small business or home office without breaking a sweat.</p> <p>At 22 pages per minute, it’s not quite as fast as some larger printers, and it’s compatible with any way you prefer to print or scan, including plenty of mobile and wireless options. There’s even Alexa compatibility for tying it to routines or giving voice commands. If you’re looking for a reliable office laser printer that’s ready for serious work, we suggest starting here.</p> <p>HP Laserjet Pro MFP M283cdw</p> <p>Best all-around color laser for home and office</p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="0W7HaMTzNw"> Brother MFC-L3710CDW</h3> <h4>Best budget color laser printer</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Solid print quality for text and photos </li> <li> Mobile and wireless printing support </li> <li> Great choice for home offices </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> No auto-duplexing capabilities </li> <li> Toner can be expensive </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> Fast, full-color laser prints at an affordable price.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/media-digital.ru/wp-content/uploads/8/7/7/877e915d4648c85896eb639b6ceca655.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/media-digital.ru/wp-content/uploads/8/7/7/877e915d4648c85896eb639b6ceca655.jpeg' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Who’s it for:</strong> Home and small office customers with moderate print volume needs.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the Brother MFC-L3710CDW:</strong></p> <p>Laser color printers aren’t cheap. Short of buying an older printer, this affordable Brother makes for a great addition to a home office or small business. It has a lot of the same features that come in more expensive models, such as a 3.7-inch touchscreen for controls, and a 250-sheet capacity tray.</p> <p>With a numeric pad for scanning and copying, this printer is ready to take on your office’s print jobs, but the space-saving design makes it versatile enough to place desk-side or in a dedicated copy and print room. You’ll benefit from the automatic document feeder, high-yield toner options, and the ability to print from and scan to popular cloud apps and services.</p> <p>Brother MFC-L3710CDW</p> <p>Best budget color laser printer</p> <p>Brother/Amazon </p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="7hkFdVXyNz"> Brother HL-L3230CDW</h3> <h4>Best business color laser printer</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Speedy printing at 25 ppm </li> <li> Automatic duplex printer </li> <li> Supports high yield toners </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> No MFP functionality </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> High-capacity toner, very fast print speeds, and a wealth of wireless connectivity options.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/1PgAAOSwK~teRqmz/s-l1600.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/1PgAAOSwK~teRqmz/s-l1600.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Who it’s for:</strong> Offices with large print volumes or anyone who needs speedy, colorful prints.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the Brother HL-L3230CDW:</strong></p> <p>If you need to take your Brother printer to the next level, the Brother HL-L3230CDW is a fantastic upgrade. It has a reliable printing speed of up to 25ppm, and high-capacity toner cartridges. The printer has onboard controls and you have your choice of wireless, Ethernet, and USB connections.</p> <p>It has a 250-sheet paper tray. While it’s compact, the printer can still handle a variety of papers including card stock and envelopes via its manual slot.</p> <p>Brother HL-L3230CDW</p> <p>Best business color laser printer</p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="EnHf3t9ZRu"> Canon Color imageClass MF644Cdw</h3> <h4>Best color laser printer for photo printing</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Solid photo and text printing quality </li> <li> Large touchscreen control panel </li> <li> Excellent UI and navigation </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> Expensive cost-per-page for color </li> <li> No expandable paper input capabilities for larger offices </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> Great color print quality in a multifunction printer.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/copy-electronic.hr/upload/catalog/product/1653/ricoh-spc262sfnw-visefunkcijski-pisac-ispis-u-boji_5d29bccfa6059.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/copy-electronic.hr/upload/catalog/product/1653/ricoh-spc262sfnw-visefunkcijski-pisac-ispis-u-boji_5d29bccfa6059.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Who it’s for:</strong> Anyone who needs to print or copy photos and graphics quickly.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the Canon Color imageClass MF644Cdw:</strong></p> <p>Laser printers are not photo printers, per se, but models like the Canon Color imageClass MF644Cdw go a long way to blurring the lines between them, which makes sense coming from a company like Canon, known for its cameras. While we wouldn’t recommend it for photographers, the MF644Cdw is hard to beat for an office that needs to make or reproduce documents that contain graphics and photos.</p> <p>While the 22 ppm print speed of the Canon Color imageClass MF644Cdw doesn’t match the HP M281fdw, it does offer duplex printing, copying, and scanning from its 50-sheet document feeder. With a monthly duty cycle of 2,500 pages, it can also hold up to the standard printing demands of small to medium-sized offices.</p> <p>In addition to USB, print jobs can be sent wirelessly via Apple AirPrint, Google Cloud Print, Mopria, Wi-Fi direct, and Canon’s Print Business app.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/orgtehpoly.com/image/cache/data/hp/13004-01-1100x1100.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/orgtehpoly.com/image/cache/data/hp/13004-01-1100x1100.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p>Canon Color imageClass MF644Cdw</p> <p>Best color laser printer for photo printing</p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="ccakJf2ilw"> HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M479fdw</h3> <h4>Best color laser printer for small to medium businesses</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Compact size with loaded features </li> <li> Solid security features </li> <li> Smartphone app support </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> Higher than average cost-per-page print costs </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> HP’s Color LaserJet Pro MFP M479fdw is a speedy all-in-one printer that’s designed for printing and digital document archiving with intuitive support for cloud storage.</p> <p><strong>Who it’s for:</strong> Small businesses that need a speedy color laser printer.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M479fdw:</strong></p> <p>Workgroups and businesses that don’t have much office space to spare to house a large printer will appreciate HP’s Color LaserJet Pro MFP M479fdw.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.a4toner.com/media/catalog/category/HLL3270CDW_1.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.a4toner.com/media/catalog/category/HLL3270CDW_1.jpg' /></noscript> The MFP M479fdw adds multifunction features that will help with your office’s document needs, including a built-in flatbed scanner, automatic document feeder, and duplexing capabilities. The M479fdw is a well-rounded multifunction printer that can still output up to 27 pages per minute in black and white or color.</p> <p>This speedy but compact number has built-in Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Low-Energy, and mobile printing is supported across a number of devices and platforms. The big limiting factor on this printer is its small 250-sheet paper input tray, though larger offices with bigger print jobs can upgrade to the optional 550-sheet tray. Duplexing is supported to help save paper and the environment. A front-facing USB port makes it easy to print from a storage drive. The printer can print from or scan to a variety of cloud providers, making it easy for digital document archiving. Businesses on a limited print budget can invest in high-yield toner cartridges for a lower per-page print cost.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/FI87NcaWQAoJDpw.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/FI87NcaWQAoJDpw.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p>HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M479fdw</p> <p>Best color laser printer for small to medium businesses</p> <p>Kyocera/JTF </p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="vfZ5QBzIOo"> Kyocera M6630cidn Color MFP</h3> <h4>Best all-in-one scalable laser printer for offices</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Fast print speeds </li> <li> Duplexing supported </li> <li> Economical operating costs </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> Large size takes up space </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> Kyocera delivers fast printing speeds and affordable operating costs with its M6630cidn all-in-one MFP.</p> <p><strong>Who it’s for:</strong> Small and medium businesses.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the Kyocera M6630cidn:</strong></p> <p>If you need a fast printer that does it all for your business documentation needs, then the Kyocera M6630cidn should be at the top of your list. This robust printer is scalable with its “multi-purpose tray,” making it ideal for organizations large and small, and it can support documents as large as 8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/g8nk2VTSfs8/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/g8nk2VTSfs8/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> 5 x 14 inches. Print speeds are as fast as 30 pages per minute, meaning this printer can churn our large print jobs in no time!</p> <p>As a multi-function printer, the M6630cidn can handle scanning, copying, and faxing for your office, and can also support mobile printing with the companion smartphone app. For offices with heavier print volume, Kyocera’s high yield cartridges keep things economical and help to save your business money on print costs.</p> <p>Kyocera M6630cidn Color MFP</p> <p>Best all-in-one scalable laser printer for offices</p> <p>HP </p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="BLJ0Wlf1cp"> HP LaserJet Pro MFP 3101fdwe</h3> <h4>Best color laser printer for home offices</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Affordable </li> <li> Fast printing speeds </li> <li> HP’s mobile business app </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> Uses only HP toner </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> The HP LaserJet Pro MFP 3101fdwe delivers solid, fast, reliable printing on a budget.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/nashuatec.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/6b73afa1-ee0c-4934-8d0d-6e51d651b4c8.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/nashuatec.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/6b73afa1-ee0c-4934-8d0d-6e51d651b4c8.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Who it’s for:</strong> Small and home offices.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the HP LaserJet Pro MFP 3101fdwe:</strong></p> <p>If you have a home office or a home-based business, you may need a speedy printer around to help print flyers and other important materials – but you don’t need a spendy office printer for your tasks. This LaserJet strikes the right note with a very affordable price tag and important laser printer features. That includes speeds up to 35ppm, a monthly page volume rating of up to 2,500 pages, and support for wireless and mobile printing.</p> <p>The printer’s tray can handle up to 250 sheets, with an output tray that can hold 150 sheets for longer projects, and envelopes are supported for speedy address printing if necessary. With specs like these, it will feel right at home in your home business, without taking up too much of your budget.</p> <p>HP LaserJet Pro MFP 3101fdwe</p> <p>Best color laser printer for home offices</p> <p>Brother/Best Buy </p> <h3 data-link-product-offer="gx3X3aUIbD"> Brother HL-L3270CDW</h3> <h4>Best compact and budget-friendly option</h4> <p>Pros</p> <ul> <li> Supports printing from apps like Google Drive and Dropbox </li> <li> A variety of connectivity options including: wireless, USB, or mobile </li> <li> Can print with different kinds of paper like card stock or envelopes.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.digitaltrends.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Brother-HL-L3290CDW-Wireless-Color-Laser-Printer.jpg?fit=720%2C720&p=1" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.digitaltrends.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Brother-HL-L3290CDW-Wireless-Color-Laser-Printer.jpg?fit=720%2C720&p=1' /></noscript> </li> </ul> <p>Cons</p> <ul> <li> No scanning or faxing features </li> </ul> <p><strong>Why you should buy this:</strong> It’s the best budget-friendly option for offices with limited space.</p> <p><strong>Who it’s for:</strong> Small and home offices.</p> <p><strong>Why we picked the Brother HL-L3270CDW</strong></p> <p>If all you need is a printer that prints quickly, fits perfectly in your small home office, and doesn’t break the bank, then this is the printer for you. With the Brother HL-L3270CDW you can expect print speeds of up to 25 pages per minute for both black and color pages, a wide variety of connectivity options including wireless and Ethernet, and a 250-sheet max paper tray that can support different paper sizes and types like envelopes or card stock. It’s a great, affordable option for simple, straightforward print jobs.</p> <p>Brother HL-L3270CDW</p> <p>Best compact and budget-friendly option</p> <h3>Frequently Asked Questions</h3> <p>Color laser printers versus inkjet printers: what’s best?</p> <p>Laser printers are better for text documents, as they produce crisp lines even at very small font sizes.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/hp-rus.com/upload/iblock/c85/hp_color_laserjet_enterprise_m653x_5_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/hp-rus.com/upload/iblock/c85/hp_color_laserjet_enterprise_m653x_5_.jpg' /></noscript> Over time, they are also cheaper to run, as you can get more prints per dollar spent on toner than you can with inkjet ink. Laser printers also offer faster printing speeds and can save some serious time on large print jobs. {versus}</p> <p>However, laser printers and the toner they use carry higher upfront costs. If you don’t print very often, you can buy a cheap inkjet printer — some are as low as $30 or so — and it may take a long time before its higher operational costs catch up to the higher initial cost of a laser printer. For smaller print jobs, the faster pages-per-minute rate of a laser printer also won’t be much of an advantage. If you’re looking to save money in the long term and need a compelling alternative to laser printers, consider inkjet solutions that rely on tanks for ink rather than cartridges, like Epson’s EcoTank series. Not only will tanks be better for the environment through less waste, but they will save you money for larger print jobs.</p> <p>Color laser printers may also be a little slower compared to comparable monochrome versions because of how the colored toner process works.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/JIHbTl6ROwU/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/JIHbTl6ROwU/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> To create color, most color laser printers use a combination of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. They make one pass for each toner color (methods here can vary, but many use multiple rollers), which naturally takes longer.</p> <p>While color laser printers have gotten much better at handling photographs, if you’re looking to make detailed, color-accurate photographic prints to hang on your wall, display in a gallery, or sell to customers, a high-end inkjet photo printers is still the way to go (or simply outsource the work to a photo lab). Beyond print quality, inkjet photo printers can also handle a wider variety of paper types and sizes compared to laser printers. A color laser printer will handle inline photos and graphics in documents just fine. Most modern color laser printers, especially those made for small offices, will be able to handle different types of print jobs, from standard documents to labels and card stock.</p> <p>Do color laser printers come with Wi-Fi or AirPrint support?</p> <p>Yes.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i5.walmartimages.com/asr/b745a011-8b0f-4c5e-bc28-3fcc6dc841e7_1.50705cd2739a53d54108dc01995abb1d.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i5.walmartimages.com/asr/b745a011-8b0f-4c5e-bc28-3fcc6dc841e7_1.50705cd2739a53d54108dc01995abb1d.jpeg' /></noscript> As with inkjet printers, wireless connectivity has become very common on color laser printers. However, not every model will support every brand of wireless printing tech. The Brother HL-3170CDW supports both Apple AirPrint and Google Cloud Print, for example, while the Dell C1760NW does not, though it offers mobile printing through its own proprietary app.</p> <p>How can I print from my iPad, iPhone, or Android device?</p> <p>This will depend on the wireless features of your printer. Many printers today support Apple AirPrint, which makes it easy to print from an iPad or iPhone to a printer on your Wi-Fi network. Not all apps support AirPrint, but many do — including non-Apple apps.</p> <p>On Android, Google Cloud Print will allow you to print any document stored in your Google Drive or directly from Google apps like Docs and Sheets. As with AirPrint, a printer that supports Cloud Print is required.</p> <p>If your printer does not support Cloud Print or AirPrint but does feature Wi-Fi, your printer manufacturer may offer its own iOS and Android app for printing from your mobile device.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/c5/90/17/c5901740384b67dec56b7d87b08deb01.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/c5/90/17/c5901740384b67dec56b7d87b08deb01.jpg' /></noscript> Some models even feature USB ports so you can print directly off of a USB drive without having to connect a mobile device or PC.</p> <p>How often will I have to buy toner?</p> <p>This depends on how much you print. Toner cartridges often have yields of 2,000 pages or more (check the specifications of your printer for your model’s specific yield). For light home use, that means many people could easily go a year or more without replacing toner. For office use, the replacement interval will be shorter, but toner could still last a few months.</p> <p>How can I save money on toner?</p> <p>The first step is to print efficiently; that is, double-check your page layout settings and make sure everything is correct before you hit that print button.</p> <p>When it is time to reorder, you can save money by buying third-party toner cartridges. However, buying third-party toner likely isn’t recommended by your printer’s manufacturer, but so long as you make sure it’s compatible with your printer, it should work just fine.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/ddp.kz/image/cache/1100-900/data/5-Foto_tovara/Priters/MFU-lazernyi/HP/G3Q79A/3.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/ddp.kz/image/cache/1100-900/data/5-Foto_tovara/Priters/MFU-lazernyi/HP/G3Q79A/3.png' /></noscript> However, some printers, like the HP model above, look for a toner that uses a special chip identifying it as original equipment. HP warns that while some other cartridges may work today, they may not in the future.</p> <p>Can I buy a color laser printer with built-in fax?</p> <p>Yes. Many all-in-one laser printers can scan, copy, and fax documents. If you’re doing a lot of faxing, copying, or scanning, be sure to choose a printer with an automatic document feeder (ADF), and if you want to do double-sided scans and double-sided prints, a model that has a duplex ADF and duplex printing will be best. Double-sided prints can also help save money if cost is a concern. Note that not all all-in-ones — also called multifunction printers — have fax modems, so be sure to check the specs before you buy. If you need a multifunction printer, be sure to check out our best picks for all-in-one printers.</p> <p>How do you test color printers?</p> <p>To find the best color laser printers, we factor in criteria such as speed, price, maintenance costs, and any unique features that help them one-up the competition.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/CdO5_bAY-fM/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/CdO5_bAY-fM/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p>Our selections are based on our long- and short-term testing; experience with earlier models; familiarity with the company’s technologies; consultation with industry experts, fellow journalists, and users; online forums; lab results; and other third-party reviews. We look across the board — not just at our own experiences — to find consensus on what we think are the best-performing printers you can currently buy. We also look at list pricing to determine if a product is worth the cost. We will even recommend printers that aren’t new, provided the features are still best-in-class.</p> <p>The printer market evolves constantly, with manufacturers either introducing better models with new features or basic upgrades. So, you can expect our picks to change as well. But don’t worry — the models you see here will be with you for some time, and if we anticipate better models on the horizon, we will state that upfront to help you decide whether you should buy now or wait.</p> <p>If you find our top picks just aren’t the right fit for your specific needs, though, there are other color laser printers worth checking out.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/Dph_jMMXoAAWinQ.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/Dph_jMMXoAAWinQ.jpg' /></noscript> If you’d like an all-in-one that can handle scanning, copying, and faxing documents, or you simply just need a more affordable model, be sure to take a look at the other printers we’ve placed on this list.</p> <p><em>If you’re looking for additional savings, check out our guides to the best cheap printer deals and best laser printer deals available now.</em></p> <h5> Editors’ Recommendations</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Best 3D printer deals: Bring your creations to life for $170 </li> <li> <p> Best printer deals: Laser and inkjet printers from $45 </li> <li> <p> The best HP laptops to buy in 2023 </li> <li> <p> The best printers for 2023 </li> <li> <p> The best laptop brands for 2023 </li> </ul> <h2> 9 Best Color Laser Printers in 2023 for Home or Small Business! </h2> <p> Finding the best color laser printer is no easy task with all the options out there. But we are here to help you make a smart and informed decision.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/yb02OQ7yYSM/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/yb02OQ7yYSM/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> We’ve done our research and found the best laser printers for home use and small businesses. </p> <p> Laser printers have become a must have for small businesses and home businesses. They no longer require a large overhead. They are more efficient and cost effective than other printing alternatives. Therefore, they are the best solution for your printing needs! </p> <p> Ischukigor (DepositPhotos) </p> <h3> Best color laser printers </h3> <p> These are our recommendations for this year’s best color laser printer. We have taken into account the needs of various amateurs, professionals and companies. </p> <p> This list has something for everyone. We have printers for small businesses and professionals working from home, for personal and family use. </p> <p> All printers on this list have wireless printing features, but if you’re wondering what else to look for in the best color laser printer or why you need one, we’ve got the answers in the buying guide at the end of the article. </p> <h4> 9. HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M281fdw </h4> </p> <h5> Best All-In-One </h5> <p> The HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M281fdw has all the features and functionality a small business needs.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/pqIXiIgrhqY/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/pqIXiIgrhqY/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> It is an all-in-one device with print, scan, copy and fax functions. It is small enough for a home if that is where you run your business. But he is more than capable of working in a professional office. </p> <p> Overall performance is fantastic with a duplex print speed of 22 pages per minute. The print quality is excellent, with crisp text and vibrant color tones. The paper tray holds 250 sheets. An automatic document feeder is provided to increase work efficiency. </p> <p> This printer is wireless. It supports Wi-Fi through Wi-Fi Direct options. Plus, get the most out of mobile printing with the HP Smart App on your phone or tablet. And the order of replacement cartridges is carried out in one click using this application. </p> <p> The HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M281fdw is equipped with a flatbed scanner. The scan to email feature means you can send paper documents anywhere. Another option available is to send a fax. </p> <p> The flatbed scanner also allows you to photocopy paper documents.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/OcJ7Uy03Zwo/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/OcJ7Uy03Zwo/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> It can copy in black and white and color at the same speed as printing. </p> <p> If your Wi-Fi network is unstable, you can use an Ethernet connection. And USB ports allow you to print directly from storage devices such as flash drives and hard drives. </p> <p> Dash Replenishment is the highlight of this machine. It recognizes when the cartridge level drops below 10% and automatically orders new ones. They will never run out again! You can activate this service on the printer without a subscription fee. </p> <p> Standard cartridges (HP 202A) are expensive. And the cost per page is what lets the HP Color LaserJet Pro MFP M281fdw down. High Yield Cartridges (HP 202X) actually provide better cost-effectiveness in the long run. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Excellent quality prints and colors </li> <li> Order cartridges with one click or automatically </li> <li> Scan, fax, and photocopy options </li> <li> Capable of using high performance cartridges </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Vs: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Expensive standard cartridges </li> <li> High cost per page (standard) </li> </ul> <h4> 8.</h4> <p><img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/revistabyte.es/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/4896B011AA_4_1600x1600.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/revistabyte.es/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/4896B011AA_4_1600x1600.jpg' /></noscript> Lexmark C3224dw Color Laser Printer </h4> </p> <h5> Best for the home office </h5> <p> If you’re looking for a simple solution to home printing problems, the Lexmark C3224dw laser printer can be just that. It has a compact cubic shape, making it easy to place in your home or office. It has all the features you need to print efficiently, but the print quality isn’t as high as the other models on this list. </p> <p> The Lexmark C3224dw is capable of 24 pages per minute. And it can maintain that speed when printing duplex in black and white and color. The paper tray has a maximum capacity of 250 sheets, so you won’t have to get up and reload it after a lot of printing. </p> <p> It looks simple, but the Lexmark C3224dw still has excellent wireless printing capabilities. All you need to do is connect the printer to your local Wi-Fi network and you can print from any computer, tablet or phone. You can also connect using the ethernet and USB ports. </p> <p> You have many options for mobile printing with several printing applications available.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/e7/04/7f/e7047f293ec56eeed18c184ec789bfd0.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/e7/04/7f/e7047f293ec56eeed18c184ec789bfd0.jpg' /></noscript> There is an application for mobile printing Lexmark, Mopria. You can also use Air Print or Google Cloud Print. They all work with this printer, giving you more options for printing and organizing. </p> <p> The Lexmark C3224dw has 256 MB of built-in memory. The machine remembers the documents you type frequently, which is a fantastic time-saving feature. </p> <p> Lexmark is aware of the environmental challenges we face. And they want to lower the operating costs of their users. The C3224dw has energy-saving modes and double-sided printing as standard to save paper. They also have a free cartridge recycling system. </p> <p> Black toner cartridge (C3210K0) uses up to 1500 pages before replacement. All three color cartridges (cyan, magenta and yellow) have the same yield of 1,500 pages. This provides a reasonable average cost per page if you print a lot in color. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Small and compact </li> <li> Remembers documents you print frequently </li> <li> Environmental performance </li> <li> Good value per page </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Vs: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Poor print quality </li> </ul> <h4> 7.</h4> <p><img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.lifewire.com/thmb/HTFqvbWVg_6e5FZ_FGbqdWfpXbY=/1488x1040/filters:fill(auto,1)/monochrome-printer-moblie-printing-35fc0caed1ae45c6937f1b3857d0165f.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.lifewire.com/thmb/HTFqvbWVg_6e5FZ_FGbqdWfpXbY=/1488x1040/filters:fill(auto,1)/monochrome-printer-moblie-printing-35fc0caed1ae45c6937f1b3857d0165f.jpg' /></noscript> HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M554dn </h4> </p> <h5> Best Professional Laser Printer </h5> <p> The HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M554dn is a professional grade printer. It was built for life in a busy office, producing high quality prints at a fast pace perhaps too large for home use. And with company-focused features, it’s the perfect color laser printer for growing businesses. </p> <p> You get automatic two-sided printing for more efficiency. The paper capacity is 650 sheets, so you won’t have to spend all your time restocking. The printer has the highest productivity in this list – 35 pages per minute. It’s fast, especially for two-sided color printing. </p> <p> The color touch screen is intuitive to use when you are at the machine. But you can also set up remote access using the HP Web Admin feature. You can give new devices access to the printer, delete old ones, and update features and settings. It gives authority to the person who needs it. </p> <p> A wireless connection is required in an office environment.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/4EeMUCwv-Tw/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/4EeMUCwv-Tw/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> And the HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M554dn has plenty of wireless options. You have a standard Wi-Fi connection. Plus, there’s a Wi-Fi Direct and Bluetooth option if you don’t have internet access. </p> <p> Security is no problem with the HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M554dn. With HP Wolf Enterprise Security, your confidential information is safe. It uses layers of protection against malware and unauthorized access. </p> <p> The printer is equipped with anti-counterfeiting toner cartridge technology. It recognizes when you are using non-HP original cartridges. This means that you will not be able to buy third party toner. But it also ensures that your printer performs well, producing the highest quality black and white and color prints. </p> <p> You need HP 212A cartridges. All colors including black are sold separately. Black toner delivers up to 5,500 pages from a full cartridge. And color cartridges produce less, about 4,500 pages. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> High quality prints </li> <li> Fast print speed </li> <li> Holds a lot of paper </li> <li> Malware and Tampering Protection </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Vs: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Expensive </li> <li> You cannot use third party cartridges </li> </ul> <h4> 6.</h4> <p><img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/81nfryIwpQL._AC_SL1500_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/81nfryIwpQL._AC_SL1500_.jpg' /></noscript> Canon ImageClass LBP622cdw </h4> </p> <h5> Best print quality </h5> <p> The Canon ImageClass LBP622cdw is one of the smallest machines on this list. It may be small, but it has all the great features you need to run a business. This is one of the best color laser printers for home or small business. </p> <p> The paper tray holds 250 sheets of paper. The print speed is 22 pages per minute. It won’t keep you waiting and the print quality is excellent. Text is always crisp and color graphics are bright and professional. </p> <p> The recommended print volume for the LBP622cdw is 150 to 2500 pages per month. If you work alone, you can put the printer to the test. This is also sufficient for small businesses, and if your business is growing, then you can increase productivity. </p> <p> The Canon ImageClass LBP622cdw has all the wireless features of large Canon printers. It has Wi-Fi connectivity. Alternatively, you can connect without an internet connection using the Wi-Fi Direct option.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/primera.com/media/contenttype/LX2000_Lotion_small.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/primera.com/media/contenttype/LX2000_Lotion_small.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p> Apple Air Print also gives you access to remote printing if you download the app on your mobile device. You can also connect the printer to an Alexa device for voice-activated printing. The control panel on the printer is easy to use. But voice activation takes simplicity to the next level. </p> <p> Business documents contain confidential information. And when you connect the printer to the Internet, you may be worried about the security of the network. But the Canon ImageClass LBP622cdw is equipped with security features to keep your documents safe. And all security settings are hidden behind the administrator login. </p> <p> Laser printer requires one black (054) toner cartridge with 1600 pages. Color cartridges give a smaller output – 1300 prints. You can purchase all four cartridges as a set. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Vibration prints </li> <li> Compatible with Apple print </li> <li> Voice activation with Alexa devices </li> <li> Security features to keep documents safe </li> <li> Cartridges sold as a set </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Vs: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Fewer color prints per cartridge set </li> </ul> <h4> 5.</h4> <p><img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/WZY2UxNIKzw/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/WZY2UxNIKzw/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> HP Color LaserJet Pro M454d </h4> </p> <h5> Best for Small Business </h5> <p> The HP Color LaserJet Pro M454dw is another wireless printer perfect for busy business lives. It is ideal for small offices and small businesses. It is also great for large enterprises. The size is also suitable for home office. But for personal use, it can be expensive. </p> <p> The regular input tray holds 250 sheets of standard paper. However, you can fill additional trays to increase the total capacity to 550 sheets. You don’t have to reboot your device in the middle of a big print job. </p> <p> The lack of an automatic document feeder reduces the capabilities of this model, of course, in terms of office use. However, the print speed is 28 pages per minute. The print quality is excellent, crisp lines and vibrant colors. And duplex printing is an automatic option, saving paper. </p> <p> Printing wirelessly with the HP Color Laserjet Pro M454dw Printer is easy. The printer can be connected to a Wi-Fi service.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.stradait.ro/images/custom/01a_HP_Chromia_Packaging_3QR_Crop.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.stradait.ro/images/custom/01a_HP_Chromia_Packaging_3QR_Crop.jpg' /></noscript> And for wireless printing without an internet connection, HP Wi-Fi Direct is available. It allows you to directly connect the printer to your mobile device. You can also get the HP Smart App for remote printing. </p> <p> Connecting devices to the Internet can be a concern for some. But HP Wolf Pro Security keeps documents and information safe and secure. This is a very important feature for businesses that work with sensitive information. </p> <p> HP cartridges are not the cheapest. But the cost of a print isn’t that bad. They have standard and high performance options for black, blue, magenta and yellow. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> High quality prints </li> <li> Fast print speed </li> <li> High capacity paper tray </li> <li> Privacy Features </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Against: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> No automatic paper feeder </li> <li> Expensive for personal use </li> </ul> <h4> 4. Brother HL-L3270cdw Color Laser Printer </h4> </p> <h5> Best for Color Photos </h5> <p> The Brother HL-L3270cdw is the ideal color laser printer for working from home or in multi-worker offices.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/81JHj-pFGLL.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/81JHj-pFGLL.jpg' /></noscript> It is compact and has great features. And the color print quality is second to none. </p> <p> <The Brother HL-L3270cdw MFP may be small, but its performance is impressive. It will give you 25 pages per minute when it starts cooking. And that's with 2-sided printing and 2-sided printing as the automatic choice. </p> <p> The paper tray holds a maximum of 250 sheets. This is enough for a home office. It can be adjusted for letter and legal size paper. The printer also accepts glossy photo paper, which means you can print color photos as well. </p> <p> It is Wi-Fi compatible so you can print wirelessly from any device. You can also print remotely using the Google Cloud Print App. There are also USB ports for printing directly from storage devices. </p> <p> Brother offers standard (TN223BK) and high performance (TN227BK) black toner cartridges. The standard yield is 1,400 pages and the high yield is 3,000 prints. </p> <p> Color toner is available in standard cartridges only. They will last approximately 1,300 pages before reloading is required.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/4-z3-kiRDXM/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/4-z3-kiRDXM/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> But if you are printing color photos, the total yield will be less. Color printing from the Brother HL-L3270cdw is excellent. But the cost is increasing. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Low price </li> <li> Compact </li> <li> Fast duplex printing </li> <li> You can print color photos </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Vs: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> High cost of printing color photos </li> </ul> <h4> 3. Canon ImageClass MF741cdw </h4> </p> <h5> Best for Busy Offices </h5> <p> The Canon ImageClass MF741cdw MFP is a larger device and better suited for busy offices with multiple employees needing to print. This is a hard working machine. And it can handle all the requirements of a small business. </p> <p> Printing speed is impressive. Canon ImageClass MF741cdw produces 28 pages per minute. Color prints come out slower, but it’s still a decent pace. This is a versatile laser printer capable of printing on a variety of paper types (Thin, Recycled, Color and Coated). </p> <p> There are three USB ports for direct connection to devices.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/evotrading.ma/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/imprimante-multifonction-laser-couleur-hp-laserjet-pro-500-m570dn-cz271a.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/evotrading.ma/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/imprimante-multifonction-laser-couleur-hp-laserjet-pro-500-m570dn-cz271a.jpg' /></noscript> In addition, the device can directly read data from multimedia drives. You can connect and print wirelessly with the Wi-Fi Direct option if you’re more tech-savvy. </p> <p> You can download the Canons Print Business App to your Android or iOS device. It allows you to print and organize documents remotely. If your printer is connected, you can print from anywhere! </p> <p> You may be disappointed to learn that Canon no longer includes a fax function on its laser printer models. But you can add voice-activated printing by pairing it with an Alexa device. </p> <p> You can purchase Canon color cartridges as a set. The initial overhead is expensive. But the black cartridge will last for 7600 prints until the resource is exhausted. Color cartridges are not as fruitful – only 5,000 sheets. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Allows printing on various papers </li> <li> Voice control with Alexa </li> <li> Cartridges sold as a set </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Vs: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> No fax features </li> </ul> <h4> 2.</h4> <p><img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/vertex-kzn.ru/thumb/2/0And20iD5Em3fkQVbMYJjQ/r/d/laserjet-700-color-mfp-m775dn-1200x800.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/vertex-kzn.ru/thumb/2/0And20iD5Em3fkQVbMYJjQ/r/d/laserjet-700-color-mfp-m775dn-1200x800.jpg' /></noscript> Brother HL-L8360CDW Color Laser Printer </h4> </p> <h5> Best for Cost Savings </h5> <p> The Brother HL-L8360CDW MFP can handle high demand. It is designed for busy work environments and is capable of high volume printing. It is ideal for busy offices. But you can use it at home if you have a small business. </p> <p> The HL-L8360CDW has automatic two-sided printing, which means two-sided paper is the norm. There are also dual-load trays so you don’t have to constantly refill paper. Each tray holds 150 sheets of paper, allowing you to make 300 prints before you need to reload. </p> <p> This Brother laser printer is a leader in print speed. It is capable of outputting 33 pages per minute, which is ideal for large meetings, conferences, and company-wide memos. </p> <p> The Brother HL-L8360CDW MFP gives you wireless printing options. You connect it to your local Wi-Fi network and then you can print from any device on the same network. You can also use the Google Cloud Print add-on for remote printing.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/71r5qW0OUdL._AC_SL1500_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/71r5qW0OUdL._AC_SL1500_.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p> The color touch screen works well and the menus are easy to navigate. The printer is equipped with a USB port, which allows you to connect to it without Wi-Fi. You can print directly from other USB devices such as discs and external drives. </p> <p> The Brother HL-L8360CDW MFP gives you options to reduce your operating costs. There is a toner saving mode and a power saving mode. In the first case, the amount of toner used for each print is reduced. They will look a little faded, but this is acceptable for less important documents. Energy Saver Mode puts the printer in sleep mode when you are not using it, reducing energy costs. </p> <p> Toner cartridges are another strength of Brother laser printers. They have Brother brand toner cartridges, high yield toner cartridges that can turn out 4,500 pages. You will have to buy each color separately, which increases the price. But in terms of cost per page, it’s not much better. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Very fast printing </li> <li> Double loading trays </li> <li> Wireless and remote printing options </li> <li> Easy to use touch screens </li> <li> Toner and Power Saver </li> <li> High performance cartridges </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Against: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Cartridges sold separately </li> </ul> <h4> 1.</h4> <p><img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/QGDeXlTw_BY/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/QGDeXlTw_BY/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> HP Color LaserJet Pro M255dw </h4> </p> <h5> Best Allrounder 9The 0019 </h5> <p> HP Color LaserJet Pro M255dw is the best all-rounder on our list. It has great functionality in a compact package. It is affordable and has reasonable running costs. It is ideal for home use, professionals and small businesses. </p> <p> Laser printers have a reputation for being large and bulky. But the HP Color LaserJet Pro M255dw refutes this trend. It is a compact cube-shaped device, so it is easy to find a place for it in your office. </p> <p> This HP Color LaserJet product has automatic two-sided printing. You don’t have to fiddle with settings if you want double-sided prints. Plus, it’s a fast printer, delivering a print speed of 22 pages per minute. </p> <p> You have a reliable HP wireless connection. Connect to a Wi-Fi network at home or in the office and you can print wirelessly from any device on the same network. And if you prefer to print this way, there’s a USB port on the front. </p> <p> HP has taken wireless printing to the next level with the HP Smart App.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/assets-prd.ignimgs.com/2022/04/04/color-printer-1649086400071.jpeg?width=1280" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/assets-prd.ignimgs.com/2022/04/04/color-printer-1649086400071.jpeg?width=1280' /></noscript> It is available for iOS and Android systems. It gives you more freedom and control over your printing, allowing you to print from anywhere. You can also set up shortcuts for recurring tasks and organize your files on your mobile device. </p> <p> The 2.7-inch color touchscreen makes the HP Color LaserJet Pro M255dw easy to operate. In addition, you have the option of voice-activated printing, which is another cool feature. </p> <p> The toner cartridges available for this model provide high performance prints. The trial printer cartridges yield approximately 800 black and white pages and 600 color pages. </p> <p> Replacement cartridges can be expensive, primarily because HP sells cartridges separately. You cannot buy a set of all four (black, blue, magenta, and yellow). HP-branded cartridges yield 1,350 pages per cartridge. However, there are third-party cartridge kits that will let you get more pages. </p> <p> <strong> Pros: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Availability and economy </li> <li> Decent print speed </li> <li> Compact </li> <li> Easy to use touch screen </li> <li> Wireless app features for Android and iOS </li> <li> Voice activation </li> </ul> <p> <strong> Against: </strong> </p> <ul> <li> Cartridges sold separately </li> </ul> <h3> Why you need a laser printer </h3> <p> Color laser printers are ideal machines when you need a lot of paperwork.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.2invest.ir/images/bpd/shimyaayee/printing-ink2.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.2invest.ir/images/bpd/shimyaayee/printing-ink2.jpg' /></noscript> Whether for personal use at home or for a small business, they will meet your needs and help you optimize your business. </p> <p> Until recently, a laser printer at home was unthinkable. They were too big and expensive for small companies. But the situation has changed. Now laser printers have become smaller and more affordable. </p> <h4> Laser vs Inkjet </h4> <p> It’s not just the initial overhead of buying a printer. Color laser printers are faster and more economical than inkjet printers. Inkjet printers are cheaper to buy and more versatile. But they are slow and inefficient for businesses. </p> <p> Plus, cartridges are expensive. And inkjet machines don’t always use ink wisely, wasting precious ink on test pages and cleaning routines. Unnecessary use of ink increases running costs and hurts your budget. </p> <p> Color laser toner cartridges can also be expensive. But they allow you to get much more prints from a single cartridge than ink alternatives. And laser printers have a much higher cost-per-page efficiency than inkjet printers.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.inegolalisveris.com/images/urunler/4_lexmark-cs-87758_1.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.inegolalisveris.com/images/urunler/4_lexmark-cs-87758_1.jpg' /></noscript> Simply put, a laser printer gives you more for your money. </p> <p> Inkjet models are better suited for printing color photographs. But if you need a lot of documents in black and white or color, a laser printer will be more beneficial. They are faster, cheaper to run and more efficient. A laser printer makes sense if you have a home office or small business. </p> <p> Ischukigor (DepositPhotos) </p> <h3> What to look for in a color laser printer </h3> <p> The best color laser printer for you may not be the best for someone else. Before buying a laser printer, there are a few things to consider. How much do you need to print? How important is paperwork to your business? And how many employees and clients do you have? </p> <p> Price is the first thing most people look at. And many professionals and business owners are happy to see that the overall cost of laser printers has come down in recent years. They are no longer a luxury found only in large offices and corporate spaces. </p> <p> While color laser printers are still more expensive than inkjet printers, you need to look beyond the initial retail price alone.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/JuIAAOSw4rte-4-Y/s-l1600.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ebayimg.com/images/g/JuIAAOSw4rte-4-Y/s-l1600.jpg' /></noscript> You need a printer that will be more cost effective when used over a period of time. This may mean buying a more expensive machine initially. But lower running costs will save you money in the long run. </p> <h4> Cartridges, wireless features and other options </h4> <p> You need to look at the price of toner cartridges and how many pages you get from them. This will give you a good idea of the cost per page. You also need to think about typing speed. You don’t want to waste time waiting for color documents to print. </p> <p> Select new models now include wireless printing features for greater flexibility. Printing via Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or an app cuts down on cables and gives you more freedom to print from anywhere. </p> <p> More advanced models have the ability to send by e-mail. You scan the document at the printer and send it directly to an email address. The new models also allow you to create and save PDF documents. This is a convenient and time-saving feature. </p> <p> Andrey Popov (DepositPhotos) </p> <h3> Conclusion </h3> <p> Forget about inkjet printers.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.kseroprint.by/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/5a003aea4f1761ee07387364e99fb1af.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.kseroprint.by/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/5a003aea4f1761ee07387364e99fb1af.jpg' /></noscript> If you run a paper-based business, you need an all-in-one color laser printer with high print speeds and low operating costs. They are much more economical for large print volumes. </p> <p> The list includes laser printers for home business, small and large offices. Whether one person works in your living room or a small business is growing, this list has something for you. </p> <p> We have small and large printers. But all of them have functionality that meets the needs of people who are busy with their work. All of them have wireless connectivity. Plus, you have remote printing and organization capabilities with mobile apps. </p> <p> Choose the best color laser printer for your needs. You will immediately see an increase in efficiency and productivity! </p> <h2> Best Color Laser Printers of 2023 </h2> <p> Users of laser printers know that these devices are renowned for their quality printing and productivity. Therefore, the devices have become widely demanded. They are bought for both office and personal use.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.atehno.md/files/items/printer-canon-isensys-lbp663cdwa4-colour-duplex-9359843841099.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.atehno.md/files/items/printer-canon-isensys-lbp663cdwa4-colour-duplex-9359843841099.jpg' /></noscript> Hardware stores offer a large selection of printers for every taste and budget. Because of this, buyers often have problems with the choice. There is plenty of everything on the shelves in stores, but it is difficult to choose what is right for them according to their personal wishes and requests. In this rating, we will consider the best color laser printers on the market, their advantages, disadvantages, cost and features. You can vote for your favorite model. And at the end of the ranking are the best color laser printers according to readers. </p> </p> <p> Contents </p> <ul> <li> 1 Xerox VersaLink C400DN </li> <li> 2 KYOCERA ECOSYS P5021cdn </li> <li> 3 HP Color Laser MFP 178nw </li> <p> 9004 1 4 KYOCERA ECOSYS M8124cidn </li> <li> 5 Ricoh SP C360DNw </li> <li> 6 Brother HL-L8260CDW </li> <li> 7 HP Color Laser 150a </li> <li> 8 KYOCERA ECOSYS P5021cdw </li> </ul> <h3> Xerox VersaLink C400DN </h3> </p> <p> The rating of budget color laser printers opens the model from Xerox. Many users spoke of it as a device that fully complies with the declared characteristics.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/sun9-16.userapi.com/c857220/v857220145/1ca9e5/jVkt4aUjnC4.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/sun9-16.userapi.com/c857220/v857220145/1ca9e5/jVkt4aUjnC4.jpg' /></noscript> The device does not make noise during operation, it prints photos with high quality. This model connects to a personal computer via Wi-Fi or a USB cable. The printer prints on plain paper (A4 size), card stock, matte paper and more at 35 ppm. The device is suitable for both home and office use. </p> <h3> KYOCERA ECOSYS P5021cdn </h3> </p> <p> This color printer has a neutral design, making it ideal for any interior. It has good features. The device recognizes the paper weight and automatically sets the desired settings for printing. The wired model has a slot for a memory card, an Internet port and a USB cable. You can also work with the printer through a smartphone or camera. For personal use, it is best to connect through the camera. So the printer will quickly and without noise produce high-quality photos. </p> <h3> HP Color Laser MFP 178nw </h3> </p> <p> This printer can be used in the office or at home. The device is great for those who work remotely. The device is compact, has a convenient rectangular shape.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61fAlFBp5zL.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61fAlFBp5zL.jpg' /></noscript> There is a start button on the front. On top is a paper tray and an interface with additional buttons. The tray holds up to 2,000 sheets of paper (A4 size). Of all the laser color printers in the top, this model boasts the highest speed. That is why it is often purchased in offices. </p> <h3> KYOCERA ECOSYS M8124cidn </h3> </p> <p> This laser printer is suitable for frequent printing of business documents at home or in a large or medium office. It has all the necessary functions. The model is not overloaded with additional options that are usually rarely used. Due to this, it is easy for the user to understand the operation of the device. The device can be connected to a computer via a special cable. The printer also works over Wi-Fi. The device does not take up much space on the table, it works quietly, which is a huge advantage, especially for families with small children. The printer is not to say that it is inexpensive, but its functionality, reliability and print quality will delight you.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/C9soEnHWAAAbnIH.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/C9soEnHWAAAbnIH.jpg' /></noscript> The device fully complies with the declared characteristics. </p> <h3> Ricoh SP C360DNw </h3> </p> <p> This laser color printer is designed for home or office use. The device supports both wired and wireless communication. The model qualitatively prints text and photos from a flash drive or via Wi-Fi both on A4 paper and on other media, even non-standard sizes. Despite the fact that the price of original consumables is high, they can be replaced with analogues. The tray holds over 200 sheets of paper. Cartridge resource – 1500 sheets per month. </p> <h3> Brother HL-L8260CDW </h3> </p> <p> The body of this Brother laser printer is made of durable plastic. Above is the control panel and LCD screen. The device can be put on the desktop, where it will not take up much space. In the reviews, many users say that teenagers will especially like the printer. The device helps in work and study, high-quality prints text and images. They are bright, clear and colorful. Also, the model can be connected to another device wirelessly.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/paper66.ru/image/product_foto/image/products_images_2/goods/354372/6fed520e84406802f15192b4963d16a4_xl.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/paper66.ru/image/product_foto/image/products_images_2/goods/354372/6fed520e84406802f15192b4963d16a4_xl.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <h3> HP Color Laser 150a </h3> </p> <p> The presented printer is famous for a large number of additional functions, however, despite this, the settings are easy to understand. Small dimensions allow to place the device even in a small place. The model has a universal design that allows you to fit perfectly into any interior. High-quality materials, professional assembly and modern technologies guarantee a long service life of the device. This model is also ideal for those involved in photography or architects. Moreover, you can print documents not only on A4 format, but also on stickers, postcards, envelopes. Also, the device has an important advantage compared to other models – it prints on long strips of paper, the width of which is up to 220 millimeters. The device can be connected to a personal computer, mobile phone or camera, which greatly facilitates the work of transferring photos and other materials. In this case, the entire process will be displayed on the monitor. </p> <h3> KYOCERA ECOSYS P5021cdw </h3> </p> <p> The top quality color laser printer covers the machine from KYOCERA.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/assets1.ignimgs.com/2019/06/20/image-1561047337353_160w.png?width=1280" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/assets1.ignimgs.com/2019/06/20/image-1561047337353_160w.png?width=1280' /></noscript> It allows you to quickly print high quality color images, text and more. The device is ideal for office work. It works quietly, so it will not annoy others. The device includes a duplex built-in unit that allows you to print text on both sides. The model consumes little electricity, and high-quality materials ensure a long service life. Despite the fact that the original cartridges are quite expensive, they are enough for a thousand color photographs. The tray holds up to 150 sheets of A4 paper. </p> </p> <ol> <li> <p> Xerox VersaLink C400DN </p> </li> <li> <p> KYOCERA ECOSYS P5021 cdn nw </p> </li> <li> <p> KYOCERA ECOSYS M8124cidn </p> </li> <li> <p> Ricoh SP C360DNw </p> </li> <li> <p> 42 </p> <li> <p> HP Color Laser 150a </p> </li> <li> <p> KYOCERA ECOSYS P5021cdw </p> </li> </ol> <p> And after that, look for the device that is suitable for the price and characteristics. If you need a device for complex work, such as printing photos and important documents, then you should give preference to the most functional devices.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/blogging-techies.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Las-10-mejores-impresoras-laser-a-color.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/blogging-techies.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Las-10-mejores-impresoras-laser-a-color.jpg' /></noscript></p> </div> </div> </article> <article id="post-1913" class="post-1913 post type-post status-publish format-standard hentry category-miscellaneous"> <h2><a href="https://team357.org/miscellaneous/dyson-best-vacuums-the-5-best-dyson-vacuums-of-2023-reviews.html">Dyson best vacuums: The 5 Best Dyson Vacuums of 2023: Reviews</a></h2> <div class="meta"> <p>Опубликовано: April 21, 2023 в 4:36 pm</p> <p>Автор: <a href="https://team357.org/author/alexxlab" title="Posts by alexxlab" rel="author">alexxlab</a></p> <p>Категории: <a href="https://team357.org/category/miscellaneous" rel="category tag">Miscellaneous</a></p> </div> <div class="row"> <div class="col-sm-12"> <h2>The 5 Best Dyson Vacuums of 2023: Reviews</h2> <ol> <li>Table of Contents</li> <li> Intro </li> <li> Review Updates </li> <li> Best Vacuum </li> <li> Best Mid-Range </li> <li> Best Budget </li> <li> Best Lightweight </li> <li> Best Corded </li> <li> Comparison </li> <li> Lineup </li> <li> Page Updates </li> <li> Conclusion </li> <li> Discussions </li> </ol> <p>Updated Jun 07, 2023 at 09:40 am </p> <p>By Evan Jakab</p> <p>Dyson is a British manufacturer specializing in vacuum cleaners, air purifiers, fans, and hand and hair dryers. They offer a broad selection of stick/handheld vacuums but have also developed canister vacuums and more conventional uprights. Regardless of design, they all feature Dyson’s proprietary cyclone technology, eliminating the need for a dirtbag.</p> <h3>Updates</h3> <ul> <li> 02/23/2023</p> <p> Dyson V7 updated</p> </li> <li> 11/22/2022</p> <p> Dyson Cyclone V10 updated</p> </li> <li> 11/18/2022</p> <p> Dyson V11 updated</p> </li> <li> 11/17/2022</p> <p> Dyson V15 Detect updated</p> </li> <li> 11/16/2022</p> <p> Dyson V8 updated</p> </li> </ul> <h3>Best Dyson Vacuums</h3> <p></p> <ol> <li data-product="23766"> <h3>Best Dyson Vacuum</h3> <p> Dyson V15 Detect</p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store<br /> </p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store</p> <p> Bare Floor </p> <p>8.<img loading='lazy' src='' /> 3</p> <p> Low-Pile Carpet </p> <p>8.2</p> <p> High-Pile Carpet </p> <p>8.4</p> <p> Pets </p> <p>8.0</p> <p> Stairs </p> <p>8.9</p> <p> Cars </p> <p>8.5</p> <p> Workshop </p> <p>6.1</p> <p> Vacuum Type </p> <p> Stick/Handheld</p> <p> Bagless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Cordless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Anti-Allergy Filter (HEPA) </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Wet Compatible </p> <p> No</p> <p>See all our test results</p> <p>The best Dyson vacuum we’ve tested is the Dyson V15 Detect.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/d3d71ba2asa5oz.cloudfront.net/12032192/images/53414049_02.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/d3d71ba2asa5oz.cloudfront.net/12032192/images/53414049_02.jpg' /></noscript> This cordless stick/handheld vacuum’s headlining feature is its built-in dirt sensor, which counts and measures the size of particles sucked into the vacuum. You can see this information on the LED display at the back of its body. It’s far from a must-have feature for most, though it can be very handy if you suffer from allergies and want a rough idea of how high allergen quantities are in your home. Its other main feature is its surface detection system, which automatically increases power on carpeted surfaces and lowers it when it passes back onto hard floors.</p> <p>The vacuum’s 230AW suction motor is remarkably potent for a cordless model and allows superb debris pickup on various surfaces, comparable to many cheaper corded models. However, its strong suction force can also cause it to get stuck on shag carpeting or drag around some lighter rugs. Even the entry-level variant of the V15 comes with a wide selection of attachments, including a soft-roller floorhead with a laser light to help you see small debris on bare surfaces and a conical turbo brush.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/7c/21/20/7c2120c7b6ee724b854fea7f4e1f1750.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/7c/21/20/7c2120c7b6ee724b854fea7f4e1f1750.jpg' /></noscript> Upper-tier models also get additional attachments like a flexible adapter and a worktop tool for cleaning counters or work tables.</p> <p>Its maximum runtime of over 70 minutes will be enough for cleaning most rooms, but this drops to a little over 10 minutes when used in its most powerful suction mode. If you’re looking for a cordless vacuum with a higher-capacity dustbin and similar performance, consider the Dyson Outsize, one of the best Dyson stick vacuums we’ve tested. However, it’s very bulky for a cordless stick vacuum and is considerably harder to maneuver in tight spots than the smaller, lighter V15.</p> <p>See our review</p> </li> <li data-product="33962"> <h3>Best Mid-Range Dyson Vacuum</h3> <p> Dyson V12 Detect Slim</p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store<br /> </p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store</p> <p> Bare Floor </p> <p>8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/fc/8e/11/fc8e1168049801268771d8cd6c7517fa.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/fc/8e/11/fc8e1168049801268771d8cd6c7517fa.jpg' /></noscript> 4</p> <p> Low-Pile Carpet </p> <p>7.8</p> <p> High-Pile Carpet </p> <p>8.1</p> <p> Pets </p> <p>8.0</p> <p> Stairs </p> <p>8.9</p> <p> Cars </p> <p>8.4</p> <p> Workshop </p> <p>5.8</p> <p> Vacuum Type </p> <p> Stick/Handheld</p> <p> Bagless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Cordless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Anti-Allergy Filter (HEPA) </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Wet Compatible </p> <p> No</p> <p>See all our test results</p> <p>If you’re looking for the best cordless Dyson vacuum at a mid-range price point, look at the Dyson V12 Detect Slim.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/hips.hearstapps.com/hmg-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/images/vacs-2022-lead-1645030150.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/hips.hearstapps.com/hmg-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/images/vacs-2022-lead-1645030150.jpg' /></noscript> Compared to the higher-end Dyson V15 Detect, it has a less powerful 150AW suction motor, so it falls slightly behind in deep cleaning performance. Despite the big gap in suction power on paper, it’s pretty close regarding debris pickup in the real world, and it still delivers good overall cleaning performance. It’s smaller and lighter than the V15, making it easier to use in cluttered areas. Better yet, it shares many of the same features at a more affordable price. These similarities include a built-in particle sensor, which lets you keep tabs on allergen levels within your home, and an automatic power adjustment system that bumps up its suction power when passing over large amounts of debris or whenever you maneuver onto carpets. Like its pricier stablemate, it has a multi-surface floorhead and a secondary floorhead with a soft brushroll and an integrated laser light to help you see fine debris on hard floors.</p> <p>Unfortunately, its small, lightweight design comes at the cost of debris capacity, with a tiny dustbin that requires frequent emptying.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/91o98MvTnZL.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/91o98MvTnZL.jpg' /></noscript> If you want a mid-priced Dyson vacuum with a higher-capacity dustbin, consider the Dyson V11, though it’s less maneuverable than the V12 and lacks a particle sensor.</p> <p>See our review</p> </li> <li data-product="14150"> <h3>Best Budget Dyson Vacuum</h3> <p> Dyson V8</p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store<br /> </p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store</p> <p> Bare Floor </p> <p>8.1</p> <p> Low-Pile Carpet </p> <p>8.1</p> <p> High-Pile Carpet </p> <p>7.8</p> <p> Pets </p> <p>7.8</p> <p> Stairs </p> <p>8.8</p> <p> Cars </p> <p>8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/3.bp.blogspot.com/-4oI9PBR1iOc/UihT9rnw5dI/AAAAAAAAANs/Xih5Y2fpSa8/s1600/DC57_PR_35A5_CMYK.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/3.bp.blogspot.com/-4oI9PBR1iOc/UihT9rnw5dI/AAAAAAAAANs/Xih5Y2fpSa8/s1600/DC57_PR_35A5_CMYK.jpg' /></noscript> 2</p> <p> Workshop </p> <p>5.7</p> <p> Vacuum Type </p> <p> Stick/Handheld</p> <p> Bagless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Cordless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Anti-Allergy Filter (HEPA) </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Wet Compatible </p> <p> No</p> <p>See all our test results</p> <p>Generally speaking, Dyson vacuums are pretty expensive compared to peers from other manufacturers. Still, you can find deals if you don’t need the latest from the company’s lineup. The Dyson V8 is a great example of this and is the best cordless Dyson vacuum at a budget-friendly price that we’ve tested. Unlike the newer Dyson V12 Detect Slim or Dyson V15 Detect, it can’t automatically adjust its own suction power setting and lacks an onboard dirt sensor. If you don’t need those add-ons, this is a solid option that executes very well on the fundamentals of what a cordless stick vacuum should be.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/goprokat.ua/image/catalog/dyson/394430-01/394430-01_3.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/goprokat.ua/image/catalog/dyson/394430-01/394430-01_3.jpg' /></noscript> It’s very easy to use, lightweight, and delivers strong performance on most surfaces, though it isn’t quite as potent as the pricier V12 or V15. There’s no suction release gate to help improve maneuverability on carpets, but there are two different power modes to suit different surface types.</p> <p>Unsurprisingly, battery performance lags behind newer models with higher-capacity batteries. You can only expect about 40 minutes of runtime in its default power mode, and it takes just as long to recharge. Running it in its ‘MAX’ mode drains its battery in under 10 minutes, so you must be quick when dealing with stubborn messes. In addition, build quality is a tad fragile, though it doesn’t feel any more plasticky than other Dyson models.</p> <p>See our review</p> </li> <li data-product="23768"> <h3>Best Lightweight Dyson Vacuum</h3> <p> Dyson Omni-glide</p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store<br /> </p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store</p> <p> Bare Floor </p> <p>7.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/61STFCdvQvL._SL1107_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/61STFCdvQvL._SL1107_.jpg' /></noscript> 2</p> <p> Low-Pile Carpet </p> <p>5.3</p> <p> High-Pile Carpet </p> <p>4.1</p> <p> Pets </p> <p>6.2</p> <p> Stairs </p> <p>7.8</p> <p> Cars </p> <p>6.7</p> <p> Workshop </p> <p>3.8</p> <p> Vacuum Type </p> <p> Stick/Handheld</p> <p> Bagless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Cordless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Anti-Allergy Filter (HEPA) </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Wet Compatible </p> <p> No</p> <p>See all our test results</p> <p>The Dyson Omni-glide is a great option if you prioritize portability.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/91ASOzpwzPL._AC_SL1500_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/91ASOzpwzPL._AC_SL1500_.jpg' /></noscript> Unlike a more traditional cordless model like the Dyson V8, it’s only intended for hard floors: the twin soft rollers in its omnidirectional floorhead don’t provide any surface agitation on carpets. Also, its tiny dirt compartment and short maximum battery life of about half an hour mean it’s only really suited for quick clean-ups. However, at just under four and a half pounds, it weighs even less than highly-portable Dyson vacuums like the Dyson V12 Detect Slim, and its uniquely-designed floorhead allows you to pivot around obstacles like table legs and coat racks with minimal effort when compared to more traditionally-designed alternatives.</p> <p>Its five-stage filtration system, which includes an onboard HEPA filter, does a great job of sealing in allergens like pet dander. While there’s no miniature turbo brush or even a straight-suction upholstery tool for cleaning fabric surfaces, it comes with a soft-bristle dusting brush for dealing with debris on delicate surfaces and a crevice tool for cleaning tight spots.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/cdn.thewirecutter.com/wp-content/media/2020/10/cordlessstickvacs-2048px-00852.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/cdn.thewirecutter.com/wp-content/media/2020/10/cordlessstickvacs-2048px-00852.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p>See our review</p> </li> <li data-product="33963"> <h3>Best Corded Dyson Vacuum</h3> <p> Dyson Ball Animal 3 Extra/Complete</p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store<br /> </p> <p>Searching</p> <p>Finding Store</p> <p> Bare Floor </p> <p>8.2</p> <p> Low-Pile Carpet </p> <p>8.3</p> <p> High-Pile Carpet </p> <p>8.7</p> <p> Pets </p> <p>8.4</p> <p> Stairs </p> <p>6.6</p> <p> Cars </p> <p>7.1</p> <p> Workshop </p> <p>6.2</p> <p> Vacuum Type </p> <p> Upright</p> <p> Bagless </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Cordless </p> <p> No</p> <p> Anti-Allergy Filter (HEPA) </p> <p> Yes</p> <p> Wet Compatible </p> <p> Mopping Only</p> <p>See all our test results</p> <p>If you need something with more power and don’t mind lugging around a big and heavy appliance, consider the Dyson Ball Animal 3.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/hip2save.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Dyson-Ball-Animal-2-Total-Clean-Upright-Vacuum-Cleaner-1.jpg?resize=1024%2C768&strip=all" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/hip2save.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Dyson-Ball-Animal-2-Total-Clean-Upright-Vacuum-Cleaner-1.jpg?resize=1024%2C768&strip=all' /></noscript> It’s a better option than comparably priced cordless models like the Dyson V12 Detect Slim for longer cleaning sessions, as you won’t need to worry about running out of charge mid-way through a cleaning session. It’s powerful enough to handle various kinds of mess on most surface types. Its floorhead features a set of built-in plastic vanes that are remarkably effective in trapping long hair, preventing it from getting tangled in the floorhead and jamming the mechanism. The floorhead also has three levels of surface type adjustment, enabling you to adapt to different surfaces on the fly. Also, it has a very long power cord, so you won’t have to swap outlets when cleaning bigger areas, though you’ll need to wind the power cord back manually, which can be a bit of a hassle and is something of a disappointment for a vacuum at this price.</p> <p>Unfortunately, build quality isn’t especially robust, as its mainly plastic construction creaks and flexes slightly while in use. It’s still a bulky, relatively heavy machine, even if its ball-shaped wheel makes it more maneuverable than most conventional uprights.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61mpgsKdmSL.png" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61mpgsKdmSL.png' /></noscript> It’s also quite noisy. While its redesigned floorhead allows superior maneuverability on carpeting compared to the older Dyson Ball Animal 2, which had a habit of tearing up carpet fibers, the Ball Animal 3 can still get stuck on shag-pile rugs.</p> <p>See our review</p> </li> </ol> <h3 data-toc-title="Comparison">Compared to other brands</h3> <p></p> <ul> <li> Virtually no recurring costs.<br /> Due to their bagless design, Dyson vacuums incur little cost over extended periods of ownership. Some have filters designed to last the device’s lifetime, while others are filterless. </li> <li> HEPA filter integration.<br /> Dyson’s cyclonic technology filters out allergens, which is handy if you have pets or are cleaning a particularly dusty area. </li> <li> Good maneuverability across the board.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/DamHwviWsAAm33v.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/DamHwviWsAAm33v.jpg' /></noscript><br /> Some Dyson vacuums have a unique ball design that makes navigating small spaces and rooms easier. </li> <li> Wide array of tools and brushes.<br /> Dyson vacuums usually come with a wide selection of specialized tools and brushes, some of which are unique, like the 180-degree pivot extender and dedicated upholstery turbo brushes. </li> </ul> <ul> <li> Plasticky build quality.<br /> Dyson vacuums tend to have a mostly plastic construction that some users may perceive as cheap. </li> <li> Relatively small dirt compartments.<br /> Most Dyson vacuums have small dirt compartments, meaning you must often empty them. </li> <li> Somewhat short cordless runtime.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/odkurzacze-bezprzewodowe-ranking.pl/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Cena-Dyson-Cyclone-V10.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/odkurzacze-bezprzewodowe-ranking.pl/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Cena-Dyson-Cyclone-V10.jpg' /></noscript><br /> Cordless Dyson vacuums have somewhat short battery lives, especially when used on their highest power level setting. It’s annoying when trying to clean big messes in larger, more open areas. </li> <li> High maintenance requirements.<br /> While most Dyson vacuums are easy to take apart and reassemble due to their easy-clip construction, quite a few of their offerings have a long list of parts that need regular cleaning. </li> </ul> <p></p> <h4>Dyson vs Shark </h4> <p>As a general rule, cordless Dyson vacuums come with a wider array of attachments and have more powerful suction motors than comparable Shark alternatives. However, most Shark models feel better built and have higher-capacity dustbins. Dyson vacuums are also usually easier to maintain than newer Shark models, as the former tend to use dual-roller floorheads with a non-removable primary brushroll that can be somewhat hard to clean.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/98/1d/ab/981dab87ff405a9f84b52d7dc8528aec.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/98/1d/ab/981dab87ff405a9f84b52d7dc8528aec.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <h4>Dyson vs Miele </h4> <p>Miele vacuums and Dyson vacuums tend to occupy a similar price point, but the two manufacturers specialize in different types of appliances. Miele is renowned for its range of premium canister vacuums, which are much better built and offer superior deep-cleaning capability when paired with a powered floorhead. Meanwhile, Dyson’s range of V-series cordless vacuums are easier to set up and deploy and usually come with a broader array of attachments.</p> <h4>Dyson vs Samsung </h4> <p>Samsung’s cordless Jet stick vacuums are comparable to Dyson’s cordless V-series vacuums. Samsung’s offerings are usually better built and offer unique optional features and accessories like a self-emptying docking station and a dedicated mopping floorhead. However, Dyson’s newer models, like the Dyson V15 Detect and Dyson V12 Detect Slim, feature an automatic suction power adjustment system and a piezo sensor for counting and measuring ambient particle counts inside your home.</p> <p>Dyson produces a decently large variety of vacuum cleaners that work well on different surfaces, though you can expect to pay a hefty premium for that performance and versatility.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/Eyj2906WUAMQTy9.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/Eyj2906WUAMQTy9.jpg' /></noscript> Most offerings in their lineup are maneuverable, easy to carry around, and come with a wide variety of brushes. Their build quality is usually plasticky, and user maintenance is a little finicky. In comparison, most Shark vacuums feel slightly better built but perform worse on carpeted surfaces. Dyson vacuums tend to be better and more consistent on all surface types than those from BISSELL.</p> <h3>Lineup</h3> <p> Dyson’s product lineup isn’t especially complicated, with a relatively small model range.</p> <p><strong>Cordless Models</strong></p> <ul> <li><strong>Omni-Glide</strong>: Low-powered stick vacuum with an omnidirectional floorhead.</li> <li><strong>Outsize:</strong> V11-series vacuum with enlarged floorhead and dustbin.</li> <li><strong>V-Series: </strong>Conventional cordless stick vacuums; the higher the designation number, the higher position in the company’s lineup.</li> </ul> <p><strong>Corded Models</strong></p> <ul> <li><strong>Ball Animal: </strong>Bagless upright vacuum family.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/CeFF9DlWIAEMkNj.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pbs.twimg.com/media/CeFF9DlWIAEMkNj.jpg' /></noscript> </li> <li><strong>Big Ball:</strong> Bagless canister vacuum family with cyclonic filtration system.</li> </ul> <p><strong>Common Trim/Equipment Levels</strong></p> <ul> <li><strong>Motorhead</strong>: Entry-level trim usually bundled with floorhead and a crevice and combination tool.</li> <li><strong>Animal</strong>: Usually bundled with a miniature turbo brush tool for cleaning pet hair from furniture.</li> <li><strong>Absolute</strong>: Commonly bundled with an extra soft roller intended for use on bare floors.</li> <li><strong>Complete</strong>: Higher-end trim bundled with most previously-mentioned attachments.</li> <li><strong>Extra</strong>: Similar to the Complete trim, but with added accessories like wand clips, worktop tools, and adjustable adapters.</li> </ul> <h3>Recent Updates</h3> <ol> <li> <p> Jun 07, 2023:<br /> Minor in-text adjustments to improve clarity of information. </p> </li> <li> <p> May 11, 2023:<br /> Ensured all main picks still represent the best choice for user needs.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/blog.bestbuy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Dyson-V11-Absolute-image-feature2.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/blog.bestbuy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Dyson-V11-Absolute-image-feature2.jpg' /></noscript> </p> </li> <li> <p> Apr 12, 2023:<br /> Minor in-text adjustments for improved clarity. Ensured that all main picks are still available and meet user needs. </p> </li> <li> <p> Mar 17, 2023:<br /> Verified that all main picks are still available and represent the best option for users. </p> </li> <li> <p> Feb 16, 2023:<br /> Ensured all main picks are still available and represent the best option for user needs. </p> </li> </ol> <h3>Conclusion</h3> <p>Dyson produces vacuum cleaners, air purifiers, fans, and hand and hair dryers. They offer a broad selection of stick/handheld vacuums. However, they have also developed canister vacuums and conventional uprights. They don’t incur any recurring costs due to the implementation of Dyson’s cyclonic technology across their lineup, eliminating the need for a dirtbag while also filtering out allergens.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pixy.org/src/507/5072618.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pixy.org/src/507/5072618.jpg' /></noscript> Generally, Dyson vacuums are lightweight, maneuverable, and versatile. That said, they usually have a long list of parts to regularly clean, plasticky build quality, and, on cordless models, somewhat limited runtime on high-power modes.</p> <p><h3>Test results</h3> </p> <p> To access </p> <p><em>unlimited full product reviews</em>,</p> <p><em>product prices</em></p> <p> and </p> <p><em>other exclusive site features</em></p> <p>Become an Insider</p> <h2>8 Best Dyson Vacuums of 2023</h2> <p>Written by Jonathan Chan</p> <p> Updated May 3, 2023 </p> <p>Are Dyson vacuum cleaners worth their price—and which is the best? Here at Reviewed, we hear those questions a lot from consumers curious about the popular brand synonymous with expensive models.</p> <p>To find the answers, we’ve put all the current Dyson vacuums to the test in our labs to see which ones perform and if any don’t. After testing, the latest cordless vacuum from the company, the <strong>Dyson V15 Detect</strong><br /> (available at Amazon for $631.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/dyson-h.assetsadobe2.com/is/image/content/dam/dyson/images/products/gallery/us/floorcare/cord-free-vacuums/v8/absolute/214730-01/214730-01-gallery-img-1.jpg?$responsive$&cropPathE=desktop&fit=stretch,1&wid=1920" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/dyson-h.assetsadobe2.com/is/image/content/dam/dyson/images/products/gallery/us/floorcare/cord-free-vacuums/v8/absolute/214730-01/214730-01-gallery-img-1.jpg?$responsive$&cropPathE=desktop&fit=stretch,1&wid=1920' /></noscript> 07)</p> <p>, emerged as the best Dyson vacuum for its battery life, suction power, and a laser that illuminates the tiniest speck of dust.</p> <p>While our tests show that Dyson vacuums always live up to the brand’s claims, whether this is a value equal to or greater than their cost is a little more complicated to break down. Here are the best Dyson vacuum cleaners we’ve tested, including both cordless and corded models:</p> <p>Credit:<br /> Reviewed / Jonathan Chan</p> <p>The Dyson V15 Detect is an all-around great cordless vacuum.</p> <p>Best Overall</p> <p>Dyson V15 Detect</p> <p>The Dyson V15 Detect has outstanding suction power for cleaning carpets thoroughly, vacuuming about an average of 92% of the detritus during testing. This cordless vacuum has two huge upgrades that enhance the cleaning experience: a laser that illuminates dust and an improved battery with a run time that lasts 15 minutes on its maximum setting.</p> <p>The V15’s unique laser, which can be turned on and off, gives it an edge over the vacuum competition.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/pixy.org/src/539/5393755.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/pixy.org/src/539/5393755.jpg' /></noscript> It is much better at highlighting dirt and dust particles than LED headlights you find on some vacuums. The V15 also is equipped with a sensor that detects dirt particle sizes and displays them on the vacuum’s readout. </p> <p>It still has the smooth glide, sensitive trigger, and lightweight design people familiar with Dyson cordless vacuums expect. This is the best vacuum Dyson has to offer, and it deserves our top spot despite its high price.</p> <h5>Pros</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Dirt detection </p> </li> <li> <p> Excellent handling </p> </li> <li> <p> Long battery life </p> </li> </ul> <h5>Cons</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Small brush head </p> </li> </ul> <p>Credit:<br /> Reviewed / Jonathan Chan</p> <p>The Dyson Ball Animal 2 is the most powerful vacuum we’ve ever tested.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/41/72/df/4172df956b14e9fcfcba4387118f5f72.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/41/72/df/4172df956b14e9fcfcba4387118f5f72.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p>Best Upright</p> <p>Dyson Ball Animal 2</p> <p>The most powerful upright we’ve ever tested, the Dyson Ball Animal 2 vacuumed 76.3% of our testing dirt in a single pass, far exceeding the upright average of about 33%. </p> <p>The Animal 2 is heavy at 17.6 pounds, and its large ball joint makes it hard to clean under furniture. Still, if you’re looking for a great Dyson upright for lots of flooring types, this is the one to get. Like the V15, though, you’ll pay a big price.</p> <h5>Cons</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Heavy </p> </li> </ul> <h3 data-other-products-section="true">Other Dyson Cordless Vacuums We Tested</h3> <p>Dyson V11 Outsize</p> <p>The Dyson V11 Outsize is an upgraded version of the V11 Torque Drive. It has the same LCD screen that shows battery life and the same adjusting suction, but with a larger brush head and dust bin. It also has a removable battery, meaning you can swap over to a new one when the first runs out of power.</p> <p>The extra battery delivers twice as much runtime as the V11 Torque Drive, and the Outsized has a larger cleaning path.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/media.wired.com/photos/611fd6eb48b2c9c78d0240cd/master/w_2580,c_limit/Gear-Dyson-Omni-Glide.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/media.wired.com/photos/611fd6eb48b2c9c78d0240cd/master/w_2580,c_limit/Gear-Dyson-Omni-Glide.jpg' /></noscript> Unfortunately, the extra-large dust bin and brush head makes the whole unit a little unwieldy to hold up and maneuver.</p> <p>If you’re interested in a replaceable battery and a cordless that has proportions closer to a full-sized vacuum, check out the Outsize.</p> <h5>Pros</h5> <ul> <li> <p> LCD screen </p> </li> <li> <p> Removable battery </p> </li> </ul> <h5>Cons</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Unwieldy </p> </li> </ul> <p>Dyson Cyclone V10 Absolute</p> <p>The V10 Absolute’s name is apt—this vacuum comes with absolutely everything. It includes a powered brush head designed for hardwood floors, a motorized mini brush for upholstery, a soft brush for hardwood, a combination tool for upholstery and bare floors, a crevice tool, a drive cleaner head, and a soft dusting brush for computers and delicate items.</p> <p>Despite its slight build, the 5.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/image2.slideserve.com/5009863/best-vacuum-cleaner-in-saudi-arabia-l.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/image2.slideserve.com/5009863/best-vacuum-cleaner-in-saudi-arabia-l.jpg' /></noscript> 6-pound Absolute puts its tools to good use. During testing, it picked up 89% of the dirt we left out for it while also acing the battery tests. On low, it can run for 60 minutes, perfect for day-to-day maintenance. For intense cleaning jobs, the Absolute can run for nine minutes on the highest setting.</p> <p>If you’re willing to pay in exchange for zero compromises in power or battery life, you should consider the V10 Absolute.</p> <h5>Pros</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Powerful suction </p> </li> <li> <p> High dirty capacity </p> </li> </ul> <h5>Cons</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Awkward to hold </p> </li> </ul> <p>Dyson V8</p> <p>The Dyson V8 Absolute, like the V10 Absolute, almost overwhelms with its number of included attachments. It comes with a powered brush head designed for hardwood floors, a motorized upholstery brush, a soft brush for hardwood, a combination upholstery/bare floor tool, a crevice tool, and a soft dusting brush.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/9to5toys.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/05/Dyson-Ball-Multifloor-2-Upright-Vacuum.jpg?quality=82&strip=all" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/9to5toys.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2019/05/Dyson-Ball-Multifloor-2-Upright-Vacuum.jpg?quality=82&strip=all' /></noscript> </p> <p>Weighing 5.6 pounds, the V8 vacuumed 88% of the dirt during our tests. The vacuum’s battery lasted 40 minutes on low, but only 7 minutes on its maximum setting.</p> <p>If you like the V10’s sleek design but want to spend less, the V8 is a viable option. But while the V8 is technically more affordable, it still costs twice the average cordless vacuum.</p> <h3 data-other-products-section="true">Other Dyson Uprights and Canisters We Tested</h3> <p>Dyson Big Ball Multifloor</p> <p>The Dyson Big Ball Multifloor canister vacuum is a sight to behold. It has a specialized self-righting design, which means that if you take hard corners or happen to kick the unit, it may roll over, but it will always get back up on its wheels. </p> <p>This canister vacuum also has superior reach. Its skinny hose and small brush head let it get into every cranny with ease.</p> <p>While we like the design of this canister, it has weak suction when compared to other Dyson models. During our testing, the Multifloor vacuumed up 47% of the dirt we left for it.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.thespruce.com/thmb/UAhQD1KgnB3leUeJis6n41R9YCM=/1500x1000/filters:fill(auto,1)/sprucehome-dyson-sale-5077261-b36b6e748a9443559e00fabdc41613b4.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.thespruce.com/thmb/UAhQD1KgnB3leUeJis6n41R9YCM=/1500x1000/filters:fill(auto,1)/sprucehome-dyson-sale-5077261-b36b6e748a9443559e00fabdc41613b4.jpg' /></noscript> That’s still above average in our lab, but it doesn’t match other Dyson vacuums.</p> <h5>Cons</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Expensive </p> </li> </ul> <p>Dyson Ball Multifloor 2</p> <p>Weighing about 16 pounds, the Multifloor 2 is lighter than some other Dyson models, but it is also less powerful. During testing, the Multifloor 2 picked up about 64% of the dirt we laid out for it. That still far exceeds the average for other brands.</p> <p>This upright vacuum offers a great value: Dyson engineering and attention to detail at a relatively affordable price.</p> <p>Dyson Cinetic Big Ball (2016)</p> <p>Tipping the scales at 19.4 pounds, the Dyson Cinetic Big Ball upright vacuum is the largest Dyson we’ve ever tested, but its massive bulk does not translate to raw power. </p> <p>The Cinetic Big Ball picked up around 62.15% of the testing dirt on the normal carpet, about the same as the Multifloor 2.</p> <p>Maneuverability tests show that the Cinetic Big Ball isn’t the best at cleaning under furniture, because its titular Big Ball gets in the way.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/54/6e/0a/546e0a607341a0f3982e70ad1fcd8740.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/54/6e/0a/546e0a607341a0f3982e70ad1fcd8740.jpg' /></noscript> Even with a foot of clearance, you can only push the brush head in about 15 inches before the vacuum gets stuck. </p> <p>Dyson makes up for this by including seven cleaning attachments, so you don’t need to rearrange all your furniture if you want to clean your floors.</p> <h5>Cons</h5> <ul> <li> <p> Weak suction </p> </li> </ul> <h3>How We Tested Dyson Vacuum Cleaners</h3> <h4>The Tester</h4> <p>Hi, I’m Jon Chan, the senior lab technician at Reviewed. If you clean with a product then it’s likely I oversee its testing in our labs. This includes everything from laundry detergents to washing machines.</p> <p>Credit:<br /> Reviewed / Jonathan Chan</p> <h4>The Tests</h4> <p>Over the years, we’ve tested hundreds of vacuum cleaners, from cordless vacuums and handhelds to uprights and robot vacuums.</p> <p>We like to think we know our stuff, and we back up our assessments with scientific data. That’s true with our tests of Dyson vacuum cleaners, too.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/cdn.thewirecutter.com/wp-content/media/2020/10/cordlessstickvacs-2048px-2x1-00843.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/cdn.thewirecutter.com/wp-content/media/2020/10/cordlessstickvacs-2048px-2x1-00843.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p><strong>Ease of Use</strong>: One major consideration is how intuitive the design of the vacuum is: Can we figure out how to use it without opening its manual? We also consider the little things, like how easy it is to use and how quickly we can change a vacuum’s attachments, plug in the charger, store the vacuum, or empty its dirt bin.</p> <p><strong>Cleaning Power</strong>: To test whether a given vacuum will clean your floors, we sift sand through a specialized mesh to ensure a consistent grain size of 420 to 595 microns. Then we evenly place 20 grams of the sand on a testing platform with medium-pile carpet. Each vacuum is then run over the carpet once on its highest setting. Additionally, we check to see if the vacuums can pick up large debris, such as uncooked macaroni and rice. We conduct this test twice—once with the vacuum’s motorized head and once with its crevice tool. </p> <p>Credit:<br /> Reviewed / Jonathan Chan</p> <p><strong>Upright and canister vacuums</strong>: We hold uprights and canisters to much the same standards.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/www.merkur.de/bilder/2018/01/25/9556431/1968959514-handstaubsauger-test-1RQSl38eype9.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/www.merkur.de/bilder/2018/01/25/9556431/1968959514-handstaubsauger-test-1RQSl38eype9.jpg' /></noscript> Each is tested on surfaces ranging from deep-pile carpet to bare kitchen floors. With the carpet tests, we focus on a vacuum’s ability to pick up dirt and pet hair. With bare floors, we consider how each handles large debris, such as uncooked macaroni and rice.</p> <p>We also consider how easy each vacuum is to use and carry up stairs, power cord length, and attachments.</p> <p><strong>Cordless vacuums</strong>: When testing cordless vacuums, we’re looking at battery life, ease of use, and suction power. </p> <p>After charging for 24 hours, each vacuum is run on its highest setting and timed until it stops operating. If vacuums don’t meet advertised claims about runtime, we take note and adjust our expectations to see if the vacuums can still do an adequate job of cleaning.</p> <h3>What You Should Know About Buying A Dyson Vacuum</h3> <h4>In Dyson lingo, what does Animal, Absolute, Trigger, and Motorhead mean?</h4> <p>Whenever you see a Dyson V8 Absolute or a Dyson V8 Motorhead, you’ll know the difference between them is the attachments included.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/b2/a4/6c/b2a46cb9f41e58f9968b05618da95e66.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/b2/a4/6c/b2a46cb9f41e58f9968b05618da95e66.jpg' /></noscript> Typically, Trigger and Motorhead models come with the fewest attachments, while the Absolute models come with the most. </p> <p>On older models, Animals have more attachments than All Floors.</p> <h4>How to Clean Dyson Vacuums</h4> <p>Dyson suggests that its filters be cleaned at least once a month to keep its vacuums running efficiently. Here’s how the company says it should be done:<br /> Remove the filter from the vacuum cleaner.<br /> Remove excess dirt by tapping the filter in a trash bin.<br /> Rinse the filter with cold tap water and rub it with your hands. Dyson says you shouldn’t use detergents.<br /> Fill the filter with warm tap water. Then cover the open ends with your hands and shake it firmly. Repeat until the water runs clear.<br /> Let your Dyson filter air dry for at least 24 hours.</p> <h4>How to Empty Dyson Vacuums</h4> <p>An overly filled vacuum will not operate efficiently. Dyson suggests that its vacuums be emptied as soon as they reach the maximum fill line. With upright or canister models, remove the dust bin from the vacuum and, while holding it over the trash, press the release button to empty it.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/hips.hearstapps.com/hmg-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/images/motorized-head-of-modern-vacuum-cleaner-on-a-wooden-royalty-free-image-1656432397.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/hips.hearstapps.com/hmg-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/images/motorized-head-of-modern-vacuum-cleaner-on-a-wooden-royalty-free-image-1656432397.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <p>With a stick model, hold the vacuum by the handle and remove the wand from the unit. While holding the machine over the trash, pull the release lever to empty the dirt bin.</p> <h4>What’s the difference between cordless, canister, and upright vacuums?</h4> <p>For the most part, cordless vacuums should be viewed as supplementary cleaning tools to be used in between heavier cleaning sessions where you would use an upright or canister vacuum, which typically offer a more powerful deep-cleaning performance. You’d also want a cordless vacuum in situations where a full-sized vacuum is too cumbersome. </p> <p>This said, if you’re willing to pay a higher price for the privilege, it’s possible for a cordless vacuum to stand toe-to-toe with a full-sized vacuum—with a few caveats. The top-rated Dyson V15 Detect has a suction force similar to that of an upright vacuum, but you’ll only be able to use it for this level of cleaning for about 9 minutes before it runs out of power and needs to be recharged.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/51Ea0yy0FDL._AA1000_.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/51Ea0yy0FDL._AA1000_.jpg' /></noscript> </p> <h4>What’s the difference between cordless vacuums and hand vacuums?</h4> <p>In many cases, the only difference between a cordless vacuum and hand vacuum is the cordless vacuum’s long extension, which allows the brush head to reach the floor. </p> <p>Although rare, some two-in-one–models come with a handheld vacuum that can be removed and used to clean without the floor extension—a real bonus when you’re cleaning furniture or a flight of stairs. The best example of this is probably the Miele TriFlex, which can transform into three different modes to tackle just about any situation.</p> <h3>More Articles You Might Enjoy</h3> <ul> <li>The Best Vacuums for Every Home and Every Person</li> <li>The Best Affordable Vacuum Cleaners</li> <li>The Best Smart Robot Vacuums</li> <li>The Best Cordless Vacuums</li> </ul> <h3> Meet the tester<br /> </h3> <p> Jonathan Chan </p> <p> Senior Manager of Lab Operations </p> <p> @Jonfromthelab1 </p> <p>Jonathan Chan currently serves as the Lab Manager at Reviewed.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/kupisantehniky.ru/wp-content/uploads/6/d/f/6df21dc3d99ccede4d3ac9e2e75dff36.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/kupisantehniky.ru/wp-content/uploads/6/d/f/6df21dc3d99ccede4d3ac9e2e75dff36.jpeg' /></noscript> If you clean with it, it’s likely that Jon oversees its testing. Since joining the Reviewed in 2012, Jon has helped launch the company’s efforts in reviewing laptops, vacuums, and outdoor gear. He thinks he’s a pretty big deal. In the pursuit of data, he’s plunged his hands into freezing cold water, consented to be literally dragged through the mud, and watched paint dry. Jon demands you have a nice day.</p> <p> See all of Jonathan Chan’s reviews </p> <h3>Checking our work.</h3> <p> Our team is here for one purpose: to help you buy the best stuff and love what you own. Our writers, editors, and lab technicians obsess over the products we cover to make sure you’re confident and satisfied. Have a different opinion about something we recommend? Email us and we’ll compare notes. </p> <p>Shoot us an email</p> <h2> The best Dyson vacuum cleaners of 2023 🏆 Rating of the best Dyson vacuum cleaners in terms of price and quality </h2> <p> Technical excellence and stylish design unite the entire range of Dyson vacuum cleaners.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/technika-remont.ru/wp-content/uploads/c/9/4/c9468a1f144b22597d979a12b712b3f8.jpeg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/technika-remont.ru/wp-content/uploads/c/9/4/c9468a1f144b22597d979a12b712b3f8.jpeg' /></noscript> High power and a wide range of accessories allows you to remove old stains from carpets / furniture, clean hard surfaces and much more. Each vacuum cleaner model is good in its own way, but how to choose the most suitable one? Today in the article we will look at our rating of <strong> best vacuum cleaners Dyson </strong> in 2023. </p> <ol> <li> Pros and cons of vacuum cleaners Dyson </li> <li> What to look for when buying a Dyson vacuum cleaner? </li> <li> TOP-8: rating of the best Dyson vacuum cleaners in 2023 </li> </ol> <p> Pros and cons of vacuum cleaners Dyson </p> <h3> Pros and cons of vacuum cleaners Dyson </h3> <p> Any technique is imperfect and has both positive and negative sides. To cast aside all doubts about the advisability of such a purchase, you should familiarize yourself with the main advantages and disadvantages of Dyson vacuum cleaners. </p> <p> <i aria-hidden="true"/> The main advantages of Dyson vacuum cleaners: </p> <ul> <li> The entire range of Dyson vacuum cleaners have high power consumption and suction power.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.dailymail.co.uk/1s/2022/05/25/02/58247251-0-image-a-30_1653440462693.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.dailymail.co.uk/1s/2022/05/25/02/58247251-0-image-a-30_1653440462693.jpg' /></noscript> This is due to the equipment of equipment with special engines. Even a container full of garbage does not affect the performance of the equipment. </li> <li> Ergonomic design, high power combined with a large number of additional attachments make it an indispensable household helper. </li> <li> Easy to operate and maintain. After each use, it is enough to clean the flask, and then put the battery on charge. </li> <li> Long service life when all rules of use are observed. The manufacturer is confident in the quality of the assembly of its equipment, therefore it provides a long warranty period. There are plenty of spare parts on the market, there should not be any difficulties with repairs. </li> <li> Most models are cordless, which makes the vacuum cleaner with its light weight and compact dimensions even more mobile and convenient to use. </li> </ul> <p> <i aria-hidden="true"/> Of the minuses, the following should be highlighted: </p> <ul> <li> Overpriced equipment. Vacuum cleaners from Dyson are among the most expensive.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/736x/10/72/51/107251bda8aa0d114232f16827507fb7.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/736x/10/72/51/107251bda8aa0d114232f16827507fb7.jpg' /></noscript> </li> <li> Short battery life given the high cost of household appliances. Even when fully charged, the duration of 1 cycle of operation does not exceed 15 minutes. </li> </ul> <p> See also: How to use a vacuum cleaner? </p> <p> What to look for when choosing a Dyson vacuum cleaner? </p> <h3> What is the best Dyson vacuum cleaner to buy? </h3> <p> The question of choosing a high-quality and functional vacuum cleaner for the home is open to many. A large assortment of household appliances with different configurations causes certain difficulties in buying the most suitable model. </p> <p> What criteria should I look for when buying a Dyson vacuum cleaner? </p> <ul> <li> <strong> Evaluation of the floor surface in the house </strong> . When choosing a vacuum cleaner, you should always take into account whether there are carpets at home, or only linoleum / parquet / laminate, whether there are special requirements for cleaning the floor. For example, if the house has a staircase, then for the convenience of using a vacuum cleaner, it is better that it is not equipped with cables; if allergy sufferers and / or asthmatics live in the house, then a turbo brush must be included in the kit for better dust removal.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/bgr.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/dyson-ball-multi-floor-2-upright-vacuum.jpg?quality=82&strip=all" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/bgr.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/dyson-ball-multi-floor-2-upright-vacuum.jpg?quality=82&strip=all' /></noscript> </li> <li> <strong> Additional functionality </strong> . Modern vacuum cleaners can be equipped with a large number of additional options. Some of them may be necessary, while others do not make sense to overpay. Each case is individual. For comfortable use of equipment, without exception, you need to pay attention to the ability to control the speed, the length of the cord, the presence of additional accessories, the ability to adjust the height, the presence of a built-in niche for storing tools. </li> <li> <strong> Capacity </strong> . For high-quality cleaning of coatings, the device must have good power consumption and suction power. Few people pay attention to the last parameter, despite the fact that it is fundamental. </li> <li> <strong> Waste container capacity </strong> . The larger this container, the less often it needs to be emptied. If the house has a large area, then the “bag” should be roomy, more than 500 ml. </li> <li> <strong> Filtration </strong> . This criterion is important for everyone, especially for asthmatics and allergy sufferers.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/81cXBdFGE1L.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/m.media-amazon.com/images/I/81cXBdFGE1L.jpg' /></noscript> It is important that the vacuum cleaner retains debris and small particles, not throwing them back into the air. It is highly recommended that the design be equipped with HEPA filters. Due to their dense structure, even the smallest particles settle on the walls of the fibers. </li> <li> <strong> Noise level </strong> . Experts also recommend paying attention to this parameter. Some models make so much noise during operation that they are extremely uncomfortable to use. The permissible noise level ranges from 70 to 77 dB. </li> <li> <strong> Build quality and durability </strong> . The quality of the assembly depends on how long household appliances can last. Before buying, it is important to inspect the vacuum cleaner and make sure for yourself that the body is made of high-quality material that does not “play” when you press it with your fingers, that all joints are strong. </li> <li> <strong> Easy to use and maintain </strong> . It is important that the vacuum cleaner has compact dimensions, low weight, and is maneuverable, otherwise it will not be very comfortable to use it.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/s3-production.bobvila.com/slides/12177/original/bb90a48ac69bf085ad83563976996239.jpg?1475720065" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/s3-production.bobvila.com/slides/12177/original/bb90a48ac69bf085ad83563976996239.jpg?1475720065' /></noscript> </li> </ul> <p> These are the main parameters that it is recommended to pay attention to when choosing the most suitable Dyson vacuum cleaner model. To avoid buying a fake, it is recommended to make a deal in a large or chain store of household appliances. It is important to make sure that you have a complete set, all accompanying documentation and a warranty card. To make your search easier, we’ll take a look at the list of the best Dyson vacuum cleaners in 2023. </p> <p> See also: How to clean a vacuum cleaner? </p> <p> Rating of the best vacuum cleaners Dyson </p> <h3> TOP 8: Rating of the best Dyson vacuum cleaners of 2023 </h3> <table> <tr> <th> No. </th> <th> Title </th> <th> Description </th> <th> Price </th> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 1. </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson Cyclone V10 Absolute </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> The best vacuum cleaner from Dyson </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 600$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 2. </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson V11 Absolute Extra Pro </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> Vacuum cleaner with the best value for money </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 800$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 3.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i0.wp.com/www.vacuumsguide.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Dyson-Small-Ball.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i0.wp.com/www.vacuumsguide.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Dyson-Small-Ball.jpg' /></noscript> </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson CY28 Parquet 2 </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> The best Dyson vacuum cleaner with container </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 520$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 4. </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson Big Ball Multifloor 2+ </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> Excellent classic vacuum cleaner from Dyson </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 550$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 5. </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson V12 Detect Slim Absolute </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> Powerful vacuum cleaner Dyson </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 620$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 6. </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson V7 Animal Extra </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> Popular and manoeuvrable Dyson vacuum cleaner, best under $300 </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 250$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 7. </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson CY22 Musclehead </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> Good Dyson Dry Vacuum Cleaner </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 300$ </td> </tr> <tr> <td aria-label="№"> 8.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/7Borvi2Sn3c/maxresdefault.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.ytimg.com/vi/7Borvi2Sn3c/maxresdefault.jpg' /></noscript> </td> <td aria-label="Название"> Dyson V8 Motorhead </td> <td aria-label="Описание"> A good Dyson vacuum cleaner from the budget segment </td> <td aria-label="Цена"> 355$ </td> </tr> </table> <p> See also: The best vacuum cleaners with aquafilter </p> <h3> The best Dyson vacuum cleaners in 2023 </h3> <p> Dyson household appliances, despite their high cost, are very popular due to their high performance, quality and saturation with useful functions. Today in the article we will get acquainted with the rating of the best vacuum cleaners from Dyson. If you are considering equipment from this American manufacturer, then the information will be very useful. </p> <h4> 8. Dyson V8 Motorhead </h4> <p> Good Dyson vacuum cleaner from the budget segment. </p> <p> Dyson V8 Motorhead </p> <p> Opens the rating of the best vacuum cleaners Dyson model <strong> Dyson V8 Motorhead </strong> . One of the key features of the model is the equipping of the body with an innovative filtration system that captures even the smallest particles up to 0.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/propilesos.ru/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/screenshot_1-5.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/propilesos.ru/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/screenshot_1-5.jpg' /></noscript> 3 microns in size. An important nuance is that the air, passing through the filter of the vacuum cleaner, becomes cleaner than it was before it. The model is intended only for dry cleaning. The volume of the dust collector is 0.54 l. Powered by a Li-lon battery, the capacity of which is sufficient for continuous operation of equipment for 40 minutes. </p> <p> The design is light, the ergonomics are thoughtful, thanks to which it can be used to clean even high-lying surfaces. The kit includes a special nozzle with a direct drive to remove difficult dirt from all types of floor coverings. </p> <h5> Key features </h5> <ul> <li> Cleaning type: dry </li> <li> Dust container type: container </li> <li> Dust container volume: 0.54 l </li> <li> Battery type included: Li-Ion </li> <li> Battery life: 40 min </li> <li> Battery charging time: 300 min </li> <li> Power consumption: 425 W </li> <li> Suction power: 115 W </li> <li> Noise level: 82 dB </li> <li> Weight: 2.63 kg </li> </ul> <h5> Equipment </h5> <ul> <li> Fine filter, electric brush </li> <li> Suction pipe: solid </li> <li> Direct Drive Nozzle 35W </li> <li> Nozzle with soft roller </li> <li> Combination nozzle </li> <li> Flexible crevice tool </li> </ul> <h5> Video review </h5> <p> <iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.<img loading='lazy' src="data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%200%200'%3E%3C/svg%3E" data-lazy-src="/800/600/https/9to5toys.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/11/Dyson-Black-Friday.jpg" /><noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/9to5toys.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/11/Dyson-Black-Friday.jpg' /></noscript> youtube.com/embed/aQfkeYtdBXw” frameborder=”0″ allow=”accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture” allowfullscreen=””>

The set includes a fine filter, an electric brush, a direct drive nozzle, combined brushes with a soft roller and a flexible crevice docking station.

The design includes special brackets for storing the vacuum cleaner on the wall.

Can be used in a car.

High build quality and materials used. Subject to the rules of operation, the equipment has a long service life.

High cost.

See also: What to do if the vacuum cleaner does not work?

7. Dyson CY22 Musclehead

Good Dyson dry vacuum cleaner.

Dyson CY22 Musclehead

The next line in our ranking of the best vacuum cleaners from Dyson is the model CY22 Musclehead . One of the key features of the vacuum cleaner is that it does not need maintenance and suction power is not lost over the years. These results were achieved thanks to the introduction of Dyson Cinetic technology: 36 tips. Each tip vibrates at a frequency of up to 5,000 Hz during operation, so that microscopic dust does not accumulate and does not block the air flow. Designed for dry cleaning only. Works from a network.

Unusual appearance – this is not only the intention of the designers, thanks to the design features, when tipping over, the vacuum cleaner returns to its original position.

Key features

Cleaning: dry

Dust collector: cyclone system

Power consumption: 1300 W

Suction power: 250 W

Dust container volume: 1.6 l

Fine filter: HEPA

Power supply: mains

Noise level: 82 dB

Cable length: 6.6 m

Weight: 7.7 kg

Equipment

Vacuum cleaner

Combination nozzle (floor/carpet)

Crevice and dust nozzle

Upholstery nozzle

Documentation

Video review

<noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/i.pinimg.com/originals/63/74/34/6374347b137a80de5f7adaf4074aa57c.png' /></noscript> youtube.com/embed/uxsqiQ0Vk34″ frameborder=”0″ allow=”accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture” allowfullscreen=””>

Over the years, the power and performance of your home appliance has not diminished thanks to the innovative development of Dyson Cinetic.

The case is made of shock-resistant materials, so that the case does not form scratches or abrasions.

Includes a hard nylon brush for cleaning carpets and soft bristles for gentle cleaning of hard floors.

Long range – 10.3 m.

Available in silver and red.

The design is rather bulky and weighs 7.7 kg.

Still a high price.

See also: Best upright vacuum cleaners

6. Dyson V7 Animal Extra

Popular and maneuverable Dyson vacuum cleaner, best under $300.

Dyson V7 Animal Extra

The sixth place in our TOP is occupied by a vacuum cleaner for dry cleaning Dyson V7 Animal Extra . This model has been designed specifically for people who live with pets. The equipment is equipped with an innovative filtration system capable of capturing even the smallest particles up to 0.3 microns in size. Also introduced is the patented 2 Tier Radial technology, which traps all particles. This is just perfect for asthmatics, allergy sufferers. High performance is ensured by a digitally controlled electric motor.

The Dyson V7 Animal Extra is powered by a rechargeable battery with enough capacity to run the appliance continuously for 30 minutes. The volume of the dust collector is 0.54 l. Suction power 100W, power consumption 350W.

Key features

Cleaning: dry

Power consumption: 350 W

Suction power: 100 W

Dust container volume: 0.54 l

Power supply: battery

Complete battery: 1 piece

Operating time: 30 min

Charging time: 3.5 h

Noise level: 85 dB

Weight: 2. 3 kg

Equipment

Vacuum cleaner

Combination nozzle (floor/carpet)

Crevice and dust nozzle

Mini turbo brush

Electric turbo brush

Documentation

Video review

Thanks to the introduction of innovative and patented technologies, this model is ideal for allergy sufferers and asthmatics, which indicates the highest quality of cleaning.

Suitable for people living with pets.

Rich set, including: electric brush, fine filter, crevice, combination nozzles and hard bristles.

Design features allow for wall mounting.

Short power cord.

See also: TOP budget vacuum cleaners

5. Dyson V12 Detect Slim Absolute

Powerful Dyson vacuum cleaner.

Dyson V12 Detect Slim Absolute

The V12 Detect Slim Absolute opens the top five vacuum cleaners from Dyson in 2023. This is the most powerful representative among all vacuum cleaners from the American manufacturer. This model is equipped with a laser beam, which is able to recognize even microscopic dust. Automatically sets the suction power, depending on the degree of soiling and flooring material.

Designed for dry cleaning only. The volume of the dust collector is 0.35 l. Powered by a Li-lon battery, the capacity of which is enough for 60 minutes of continuous operation of the vacuum cleaner. Suction power 150W.

Key features

Cleaning type: dry

Dust container volume: 0.35 l

Battery type included: Li-Ion

Battery life: 60 min

Battery charging time: 240 min

Power consumption: 545 W

Suction power: 150 W

Noise level: 89 dB

Weight: 2. 2 kg

Equipment

Electric brush

Suction pipe: solid

Soft roller nozzle with built-in laser

Electric brush with carbon fiber bristles

Anti-tangle mini electric brush

Combination crevice tool

Soft bristles, hard bristles

Hard to reach adapter

Documentation

Video review

Lab results confirm deep cleaning.

Available additional functionality: the ability to adjust the power on the body and vertical parking, the presence of a dust bag full indicator.

Rich in accessories: electric brush with carbon fiber bristles, anti-wind mini electric brush with soft roller and built-in laser, hard-to-reach adapter, soft bristle, hard bristle.

3 power settings available.

Highly manoeuvrable, making it possible to clean even hard-to-reach places.

High cost.

Contents subject to change.

Dyson Big Ball Multifloor 2+

Dyson Big Ball Multifloor 2+

The next line of our rating is the vacuum cleaner model Dyson Big Ball Multifloor 2+ . This is a cyclonic model of vacuum cleaners designed for dry cleaning only. The use of the latest technology allows the device to collect even the smallest dust particles. Works from a network. Large volume of dust collector – 1.5 liters.

Key features

Cleaning type: dry

Dust container type: bag/container

Dust container volume: 0.8 l

Power consumption: 700 W

Suction power: 164 W

Noise level: 80 dB

Power cord length: 6.68 m

Weight: 5.68 kg

Equipment

Turbo brush

Nozzles universal automatic, carbon

Mini Turbo Brush Tangle Free

Hard floor movable nozzle

Upholstery attachments, combined

Video review

<noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/9to5toys.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2017/02/dyson-sv10-v8-absolute-max-cordless-vacuum.jpg' /></noscript> youtube.com/embed/3e6GWzp8O7o” frameborder=”0″ allow=”accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture” allowfullscreen=””>

Equipped with a washable filter, which facilitates the process of care and maintenance of the household appliance.

Convenient and hygienic emptying of the container. It is enough to press one button.

High suction power 170 W.

4 nozzles included: flexible crevice nozzle, upholstery nozzle, combination nozzle, universal automatic nozzle.

Telescopic tube included.

Heavy.

High cost.

See also: The best washing steam cleaners

Dyson CY28 Parquet 2

The productive model Dyson CY28 Parquet 2 opens the top three. A characteristic feature is the equipment with 15 cyclones, which are located in 2 rows and work in parallel. This feature of the work provides effective screening of dust from the air, and also increases the power of the air flow.

Another unusual feature of the vacuum cleaner is that it always returns to its original position when tipping over. The model is intended only for dry cleaning. The volume of the dust collector is 1.5 liters. Works only from the network. Suction power 170W.

Key features

Cleaning type: dry

Dust container type: bag/container

Dust container volume: 0.8 l

Power consumption: 700 W

Suction power: 164 W

Noise level: 80 dB

Power cord length: 6.68 m

Weight 5.68 kg

Equipment

Turbo brush

Nozzles: universal automatic, carbon turbo brush, Tangle Free mini turbo brush, movable for hard surfaces; for upholstered furniture, combined

Video review

<noscript><img loading='lazy' src='/800/600/https/1.bp.blogspot.com/-SKpRdLHVEE4/V-KG0jp60oI/AAAAAAAAAXk/Ha87kwdffFUsWm7oLBOXNBb56IRjstoegCLcB/s1600/Dyson%2BVacuum%2BCleaner.jpg' /></noscript> youtube.com/embed/sx6g_wPHQXY” frameborder=”0″ allow=”accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture” allowfullscreen=””>

The vacuum cleaner is equipped with a movable joint with three degrees of freedom, which allow easy and comfortable cleaning in 360°.

Quick and easy detachable attachments so even a child can handle it.

Additional features include automatic cord rewind.

High suction power.

Heavy and rather bulky.

See also: How to choose an upright vacuum cleaner?

2. Dyson V11 Absolute Extra Pro

Best value for money vacuum cleaner.

Dyson V11 Absolute Extra Pro

The honorable second place in the TOP of the best Dyson vacuum cleaners was taken by the model V11 Absolute Extra Pro . A feature of the model is the equipment with an intelligent setting of the cleaning mode and operating time. The case is equipped with an LCD display, where all relevant information about the status and operation of the device is displayed in real time. An intelligent system allows you to adapt the power of work depending on the floor covering. The model is intended exclusively for dry cleaning. Dust container capacity 0.76 l. Powered by Li-lon battery.

Main features

Cleaning type: dry

Dust container type: container

Dust container volume 0.76 l

Battery type included: Li-Ion

Battery life: 60 min

Power consumption: 610 W

Suction power: 220 W

Noise level: 88 dB

Weight: 3.09 kg

Equipment

Electric brush

Suction pipe: composite

Nozzles included: soft roller, combination, crevice, soft bristle, hard bristle, mini electric brush

Video review

Additional features available: can be used in a car, automatic dust pressing, vertical parking, power control on the handle, dust bag full indicator.

High suction power – 220 W.

Tools included: electric brush, mini electric brush, soft roller, hard bristle, soft bristle, combination and crevice.

Includes 2 batteries.

Dyson Cyclone V10 Absolute

The first place in our TOP of the best Dyson vacuum cleaners of 2023 belongs to – Cyclone V10 Absolute . The vertical type model can only be used for dry cleaning. It has a rechargeable Li-lon battery with a capacity of 2,600 mAh, which is enough for continuous operation of household appliances for 1 hour. Suction power 151W.

The performance of the vacuum cleaner is not affected by the fullness of the container or the battery charge.

Key features

Cleaning type: dry

Dust container type: container

Dust container volume: 0.76 l

Battery type included: Li-Ion

Battery capacity included: 2600 mAh

Battery life: 60 min

Battery charging time: 210 min

Power consumption: 525 W

Suction power: 151 W

Noise level: 87 dB

Weight: 2. 68 kg

Equipment

Fine filter, electric brush

Suction pipe: solid

Nozzles included: universal and mini electric brushes, hard floor soft roller nozzle, soft bristle brush, combination nozzle, crevice nozzle

Video review

The vacuum cleaner can be transformed into an ultra-compact size by detaching the one-piece metal tube. This allows the model to be used even in cars.

Battery charge indication available. The light indicator will inform the user about a low charge.

The vacuum cleaner is equipped with a function of self-diagnosis of faults and automatic shutdown in case of overheating.

Rich set: Turbo brush with carbon fiber bristles, combination nozzle, movable hard floor nozzle, universal automatic nozzle, Tangle Free mini turbo brush and upholstery nozzle.

High price.

See also: The best TVs of 2023

Conclusion

After reviewing the best Dyson vacuum cleaners, you can choose the model that best suits you and your home. Specifications must fully comply with the goals and objectives of the vacuum cleaner. A wide choice in the market of household appliances greatly facilitates the search and purchase of a device.

In total, the best Dyson vacuum cleaner in 2023 is the Cyclone V10 Absolute. In the budget segment of Dyson vacuum cleaners, gold went to the V7 Animal Extra model. So, if you are puzzled by the choice of a good and high-quality Dyson vacuum cleaner, then you should definitely pay attention to these models.

Top 5 Dyson Vacuum Cleaners – Ranking 2023

The Dyson brand is extremely popular for its innovations that have revolutionized the vacuum cleaner industry.

The best Dyson vacuum cleaners

These models are included in our TOP as the most efficient and functional vacuum cleaners. And, of course, among them there are many fresh models of the brand with innovative solutions.

This device is indispensable for connoisseurs of powerful wireless technology, pet owners, allergy sufferers and car owners.

The instrument offers 3 operating modes for different tasks. If there is a parquet floor in one room and a pile carpet in another, the sensor of the vacuum cleaner will automatically change the motor power.

Characteristics:

220W suction power

120 min autonomy

0.76 l – dust container volume

3 kg – weight

Set of 7 nozzles

Complete nylon turbo brush penetrates deep into carpets and picks up pet hair. Its carbon fiber strands keep hard floors clean without scratching the surface.

Included is a vertical rack for storing and charging the battery at the same time (the model comes with two batteries at once). The vacuum cleaner transforms into a manual version for use in the car.

Cyclone centrifugal force and HEPA filter capture 99.97% of dust particles, including microscopic ones. To remove the garbage, just press the button – and the pneumatic system will release the container itself.

We liked the digital display. The screen shows the current mode of operation, visualizes the countdown to the end of the charge and warns of the need for maintenance.

V11 is suitable for cleaning heavily soiled, spacious rooms – especially where pets live. The vacuum cleaner is equipped with nozzles for tiles and wooden surfaces, carpets and furniture, stairs and cars.

Equipped with a torque brush that works equally well on all types of flooring and acts as the main nozzle. An informative LCD monitors the process.

Characteristics:

220 W – suction power

60 min autonomy

1.9 l – dust container capacity

3.5 kg – weight

Set of 8 nozzles

The battery life of the vacuum cleaner is one hour in eco mode and 12 minutes in turbo mode. Both that, and another exceeds indicators of the majority of analogs of other brands. The third mode – automatic – adjusts the suction power in accordance with the type of surface and the level of pollution.

Washable fine filter does not require replacement. Dirt is removed from the container using the eject button. Switching to the manual version for car interior care or upholstery care is just a click away. The device is equipped with vertical parking and a spare battery.

We like the ‘s wider cleaning surface (32 cm vs. the standard 26 cm), which, combined with high suction power, reduces cleaning time.

Useful for cleaning rooms with glossy floors. And the increased power makes it the best solution for cleaning wool and cleaning carpets with long pile.

This model has a display on the back of the handle. The LCD screen informs the user about the time until the next battery charge. The device itself has 3 modes of operation programmed. In the automatic device, the device itself increases or decreases power – depending on the dirtiness of the floor.

Characteristics:

240W suction power

60 min autonomy

0.76 l – dust container volume

3.1 kg – weight

Set of 10 nozzles

The cone-shaped brush is equipped with a hair trap, and its dimensions make the vacuum cleaner manoeuvrable and easy to work in corners. Worthy of attention is a thin nozzle with a soft roller and laser illumination – a revolutionary solution in everyday cleaning. Dust that previously went unnoticed is now in plain sight. This increases the efficiency of the process, especially since V15 absorbs particles as small as 10 microns.

A power supply cable is connected to the wall mount, where the vacuum cleaner is charged during storage. But this model also has a small minus: due to the high suction power, the device draws in thin rugs.

This model is for technology aficionados, pet owners and allergy sufferers.

The robot moves with the help of caterpillars, so the speed of its movement around the room is higher than that of wheeled counterparts. The unit easily overcomes obstacles in the form of thick carpets. The 100,000 rpm motor and turbo brush enable it to pick up and draw in microparticles with a diameter of 0.5 microns.

Features:

75 min autonomy

0.33 l – dust container volume

2.51 kg – weight

24x23x12 cm – body dimensions

Set up via the intuitive Dyson app. The machine software and 8 GB of memory allow the formation of individual cleaning programs. Available remote control via Wi-Fi and start according to the timer.

During operation, the vacuum cleaner scans the room with a 360-degree panoramic camera. If necessary, the device independently goes to the docking station for recharging, and then returns to cleaning. As required, the power modes are automatically switched (here there are 3 levels).

We liked the personalized room mapping, which is responsible for increasing power in a certain area or bypassing a prohibited object.

But the height of this seemingly compact vacuum cleaner turned out to be a drawback: the device will not be able to penetrate under many pieces of furniture.

Mains powered machine for thorough cleaning of carpets, upholstery, crevices, corners and stairs.

Cyclone type designed for maximum efficiency in picking up wool, hair and other debris. Counter-rotating brushes remove dust, dry dirt, fine particles and allergens from pile surfaces. The flexible pole greatly improves the machine’s maneuverability by increasing the coverage area with the least amount of effort.

Characteristics:

164 W – suction power

0.8 l – Dust container volume

5.68 kg – weight

6.7 m – cord length

6 nozzles included

Movement acoustically upgraded to reduce noise. The absence of a filter (and therefore the need for its maintenance and replacement) makes the use of a vacuum cleaner more economical. The accumulated debris is removed from the capacious compartment in a non-contact way.

We liked the thoughtful design of this model. Thanks to the low center of gravity and Big Ball technology, the machine automatically returns to its original position after tipping over. It also makes it easier to move a rather heavy vacuum cleaner around the house.

Dyson vacuum cleaner features

Dyson cordless vacuum cleaners are some of the best on the market. In order not to get confused in the variety of models, you should know that in each of the series – Absolute, Animal, Total Clean – use the same engines . Versions of the line differ only in additional equipment with brushes, rods and batteries.

The Absolute family belongs to the manufacturer’s gold standard. With digital display and optimized battery life, the V11 and V15 series are simply flawless. Some models of the line are equipped with an automatic function that independently regulates the suction power.

If you’re looking for an affordable Dyson cordless vacuum cleaner, check out the brand’s early models. They are still good, but they are much cheaper than new ones.

The V7 range offers the same dust ejection mechanism as the current variants. And the V8 and V10 series have already improved battery life, plus added some useful features that are also found in later Dyson models.

FAQ

How reliable are Dyson vacuum cleaners?

Wired vacuum cleaners from this brand last about 20 years, and wireless models – 10. However, the latter have been on the market not so long ago so that this figure can be confirmed or denied.

The main calls to the Dyson vacuum cleaner service center are related to filter damage or battery failure. Such problems are easily solved by replacing the corresponding elements.